1
EXHIBIT 10.5
ORBCOMM SYSTEM PROCUREMENT AGREEMENT
This ORBCOMM System Procurement Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") is made
and entered into as of the 12th day of September, 1995 between ORBCOMM Global,
L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("ORBCOMM GLOBAL"), and Orbital Sciences
Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("ORBITAL").
WITNESSETH
WHEREAS Orbital, Orbital Communications Corporation ("ORBCOMM"),
Teleglobe Inc. ("TELEGLOBE"), Teleglobe Mobile Partners ("TELEGLOBE MOBILE"),
ORBCOMM Global, ORBCOMM USA, L.P. and ORBCOMM International Partners, L.P. have
entered into agreements for the development, construction, operation and
marketing of a global digital satellite communications system of low-Earth
orbit satellites and certain terrestrial facilities intended to provide two-way
data and message communications and position determination services throughout
the world (the "ORBCOMM SYSTEM") and related activities in connection
therewith; and
WHEREAS the initial phase of the ORBCOMM System consisting of two (2)
satellites, the Satellite Control Center and the Network Control Center
suitable for the two satellite system and the four (4) United States Gateway
Earth Stations has been generally completed, and the parties desire to
terminate the ORBCOMM System, Design, Development and Operations Agreement
dated June 30, 1993 between ORBCOMM Global (formerly known as ORBCOMM
Development) and ORBCOMM, as amended (the "ORBCOMM SYSTEM AGREEMENT") and
incorporate the remaining efforts into this Procurement Agreement; and
WHEREAS ORBCOMM Global desires to contract with Orbital for the
overall design, development, construction, integration, test and operation of
certain assets comprising the second phase of the ORBCOMM System:
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and
agreements contained herein, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS
Except as otherwise specifically defined herein, capital terms shall
have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Appendix C attached to the Master
Agreement dated as of June 30, 1993 among Orbital, ORBCOMM, Teleglobe and
Teleglobe Mobile, which Appendix is incorporated herein by reference.
-------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] means that certain confidential information
has been deleted from this document and filed separately with the Securities
and Exchange Commission.
2
"ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT" shall mean that administrative
service agreement entered into as of the 12th day of September 1995 between
Orbital and ORBCOMM Global.
"SATELLITE NETWORK SOFTWARE" shall mean the software algorithms and
capabilities designed by ORBCOMM Global to be integrated in the Satellites
within the framework of the Interface Specifications relating thereto but shall
not include the software, computer capabilities and design practices relating
to real-time operation of the ORBCOMM System which shall be the responsibility
of Orbital.
"INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS" shall mean the specifications contained in
the Interface Control Documents for (i) the interface between the Satellites
and the Communication software, (ii) the interface between the Satellites and
the subscriber terminals and (iii) the interface between the Satellites and the
Gateway Earth Stations and, (iv) the interface between the Network Control
Center and the Satellite Control Center.
ARTICLE 2 - SCOPE OF WORK
Consistent with the terms and conditions set forth herein, Orbital
shall furnish the management, labor, facilities and materials required for the
performance by it of the following work (collectively, the "WORK"):
Section 2.1 - Construction of Satellites and Completion of the
Satellite Control Center Efforts. Orbital shall develop, construct and deliver
to ORBCOMM Global, thirty-four (34) Satellites and complete the Satellite
Control Center efforts initiated under the ORBCOMM System Agreement, the whole
in accordance with the Satellite Statement of Work (Exhibit A Part 1A) and the
Satellite Specifications (Exhibit A Part 1B), including on-orbit check-out
support for up to one hundred twenty (120) days after each of the first three
(3) launches of the Satellites.
Section 2.2 - Provision of Launch Vehicle Launch Services. Orbital
shall provide to ORBCOMM Global launch services for twenty-four (24) Satellites
using three (3) Pegasus XL Launch Vehicles in accordance with the Launch
Vehicle Statement of Work and Specifications. On an optional basis, Orbital
shall provide a launch service for an additional plane of eight (8) Satellites
using one (1) additional Pegasus XL Launch Vehicle, in accordance with the
Launch Vehicle Statement of Work and Specifications (Exhibit A Part 2).
On-orbit Check Out support for up to one hundred twenty (120) days after such
optional launch shall be provided in accordance with Section 2.6.
Section 2.3 - Completion of Gateway Earth Station Efforts. Orbital
shall complete the Gateway Earth Station efforts initiated under the ORBCOMM
System Agreement in accordance with the Gateway Earth Station Statement of Work
and the Specifications (Exhibit A Part 3).
2
3
Section 2.4 - Other Documentation. Orbital shall prepare, develop and
submit to ORBCOMM Global on or before the Preliminary Design Review,
preliminary versions of the following documents which shall be reasonably
acceptable to ORBCOMM Global:
(a) the Interface Specifications; and
(b) the Verification and Test Plan, which shall be developed in
accordance with the Satellites, Launch Vehicle and Gateway
Earth Station Specifications and shall include the Gateway
Earth Station Acceptance Test Procedure and the Satellite
Control Center Acceptance Test Procedure and a First Article
Acceptance Test Procedure.
After acceptance by ORBCOMM Global of the documents referred to in subsections
(a) and (b) above, the Interface Specifications and the Verification and Test
Plan shall be incorporated into this Agreement as Exhibit F and G respectively.
The Interface Specifications relating to the interface between the Satellites
and the Satellite Network Software shall set forth in detail the following:
(i) the software interface points (such as, without limitation,
system calls) between the Satellite Network Software and the
Satellites;
(ii) the Satellite-related constraints on the Satellite Network
Software (such as, without limitation, the system resource utilization
caps); and
(iii) the responsibilities of each of Orbital and ORBCOMM Global
with respect to the integration of the Satellite Network Software into
the Satellites.
Any disagreement on the scope or interpretation of the Interface Specification
relating to the interface between the Satellites and the Satellite Network
Software shall not be deemed a dispute to be settled in accordance with the
provisions of Section 16.4 and Teleglobe Mobile shall have the right to settle
any such disagreement in its sole discretion. However, either party may
request the other to implement corrective action on its behalf provided the
responsible party bears the costs.
Section 2.5 - Sustaining Research and Development Activities. Orbital
shall provide sustaining research and development services for the
specifications and design of replacement and/or subsequent generations of
Satellites and related ground equipment and network control center equipment
upon terms and conditions (including the price therefor) to be mutually agreed
upon by Orbital and ORBCOMM Global.
Section 2.6 - Technical Assistance. Orbital shall provide to ORBCOMM
Global, on a time and materials basis (including a fee not to exceed
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] percent
3
4
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] to be mutually agreed upon by Orbital and ORBCOMM
Global), technical services, as and when required by ORBCOMM Global, relating
to the ORBCOMM System.
Section 2.7 - Regulatory Matters. Orbital, directly or indirectly
through its subsidiary ORBCOMM, shall use all commercially reasonable efforts
(a) to obtain and maintain the required United States regulatory authority
needed to construct, launch and operate the Satellites and operate the ORBCOMM
System, (b) to obtain and maintain FCC regulatory authority for the operation
of type-approved subscriber terminals for use in connection with the ORBCOMM
System, and (c) to take reasonable actions in any regulatory proceedings to
defend any claims against any regulatory authority granted to Orbital or
ORBCOMM in connection with the ORBCOMM System or to oppose any application by
competing systems that use frequencies below 1 GHz. ORBCOMM Global shall pay,
or reimburse Orbital or ORBCOMM for (a) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred in
connection with the activities contemplated by this Section 2.7, and (b)
Orbital's or ORBCOMM's internal costs, as appropriate, under the Administrative
Services Agreement.
Section 2.8 - Option for Replacement Constellation Satellites. On an
optional basis, Orbital shall construct and deliver to ORBCOMM Global an
additional thirty-two (32) Satellites in accordance with the Satellite
Statement of Work and the Satellite Specifications (the "REPLACEMENT
CONSTELLATION") and the launch services for such additional Satellites using
four (4) Pegasus XL Launch Vehicles in accordance with the Satellite and Launch
Vehicle Statement of Work and the Satellite and Launch Vehicle Specifications.
Section 2.9 - Option for the Launch of Two High Inclination Orbit
Satellites. Subject to availability, on an optional basis, Orbital shall
provide the launch of two (2) Satellites to a high inclination orbit on a
Pegasus XL or Taurus Launch Vehicle upon terms and conditions to be mutually
agreed upon by Orbital and ORBCOMM Global. In the event of the availability of
the two Satellites and the Taurus Launch Vehicle for the upcoming GeoSat
Follow-On mission, Orbital shall launch the two Satellites on that Launch
Vehicle for a price of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] ($[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]).
Section 2.10 - Option for Launch Vehicle Substitution. ORBCOMM Global
shall have a one-time option to require Orbital to provide a Standard Taurus
Launch Vehicle instead of a Pegasus XL Launch Vehicle for any launch procured
pursuant to this Agreement. Such option may be exercised at any time during
the three years immediately following the execution of this Agreement. The
option price for each Standard Taurus Launch Vehicle shall be separately
negotiated on a no-fee basis (shall not include any Orbital fee) and shall not
exceed $21,000,000, and delivery shall be on a best efforts basis but in no
event later than twenty-for (24) months after option exercise.
4
5
ARTICLE 3 - CONSIDERATION
Section 3.1 - Price. The price for the Work under this Agreement (the
"PRICE") is as follows:
(a) Satellites and Launch Vehicles
(i) thirty-four (34) Satellites $ [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
(ii) three (3) Pegasus XL Launch Vehicle $ [CONFIDENTIAL
Launch Services TREATMENT]
(iii) Satellite Control Center Completion $ [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
----------------
TOTAL $ 157,872.143
(b) Gateway Earth Station Completion $ [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Section 3.2 - Price for Options. The prices for the options referred
to in Sections 2.2 and 2.8 (the "OPTION PRICES") are as follows:
(a) Option for one (1) Pegasus XL Launch
Vehicle Launch Service $ [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
(b) Option for the Replacement
Constellation $ [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
(including Launch Vehicle Launch Services)
Section 3.3 - Adjustment to the Option Prices. The Option Prices, or
any of them, as the case may be, will be subject to annual retroactive
adjustments for inflation based upon changes to the Gross National Product
implicit price deflator index as reported by the United States Department of
Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis on or after December of each calendar
year (the "CURRENT INDEX"). The Gross National Product implicit price deflator
index value of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] shall be used as the baseline index
against which all such annually reported index values are compared. In the
event the differences between the current index value for the year then being
considered, and the baseline index value of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] exceeds
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] percent ([CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]%) per year, then the
monthly and milestone payments for those invoices or milestones scheduled to
have been
5
6
submitted or completed, as the case may be, during the year then being
considered, shall be increased by the difference (expressed as a percentage)
above the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]% annual inflation already included in the
milestone prices. This calculation is shown by formula 1 below. In the event
the difference between the current index value for the year then being
considered, and the baseline index value is less than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
percent ([CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]%) per year, then the monthly and milestone
payments for those invoices or milestones scheduled to have been submitted or
completed, as the case may be, during the year then being considered, shall be
reduced by the difference (expressed as a percentage) below the [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]% annual inflation included in the milestone prices. This
calculation is shown by formula 2 below.
Formula 1: Percentage Increase = (A / [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]) - B
----------------------------------
B
Formula 2: Percentage Increase = B - (A / [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT])
----------------------------------
B
A = The current index value for the year then being considered.
B = For adjustments to invoices or milestones scheduled to be
submitted or completed in 1995, as the case may be, this
number is [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] (for 1996 it is
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]; for 1997 it is [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]; for 1998 it is [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]; for
subsequent years, continue to multiply the prior year's number
by [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] per year).
Section 3.4 - Taxes. (a) The Price does not include any federal,
state or local sales, use or excise taxes levied upon or measured by the sale,
the sales price, or the use of the items to be delivered or services required
to be performed hereunder. Orbital shall list separately on its invoice any
such tax lawfully applicable to the items to be delivered or services required
to be performed hereunder and payable by ORBCOMM Global. The Price shall not
however include any taxes on property owned by the United States Government, or
any U.S. or foreign federal, state or local income taxes imposed on Orbital.
(b) In cases where Orbital and/or ORBCOMM Global are wholly or
partially exempt from such taxes and duties or otherwise entitled to relief by
way of protest, refund claims, litigation or other proceedings, Orbital shall
take all necessary steps to facilitate such exemption or relief by:
(i) Using reasonable efforts to bring about the exemption or
relief before submitting the invoices to ORBCOMM Global; and
(ii) Complying with all formalities necessary to enable ORBCOMM
Global to claim reimbursement with respect to taxes and duties that
have been paid. For this purpose,
6
7
Orbital shall comply with the reasonable instructions given to it by
ORBCOMM Global and provide in due time the information that ORBCOMM
Global reasonably requires.
If any such tax is determined to be legally due from either Orbital or ORBCOMM
Global, ORBCOMM Global shall pay it separately. ORBCOMM Global shall pay, or
reimburse Orbital for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with
the activities contemplated by this Subsection 3.4(b).
Section 3.5 - Insurance. The Price does not include the cost of
launch or Satellite insurance (but includes Satellite on-ground transportation
insurance and property insurance for the pre-launch phase), which insurance
shall be procured by ORBCOMM Global or, at ORBCOMM Global's discretion, by
Orbital for ORBCOMM Global's account. ORBCOMM Global shall pay or promptly
reimburse Orbital for all expenses incurred by Orbital, on behalf of ORBCOMM
Global in obtaining launch and/or Satellite insurance, upon receipt of
Orbital's invoice therefor.
ARTICLE 4 - PAYMENT TERMS AND INVOICING
Section 4.1 - Payment Terms and Invoices. The Price for the Work
under this Agreement shall be invoiced and paid as follows:
(a) Initial Invoicing. Upon the execution of this Agreement,
Orbital shall be entitled to invoice ORBCOMM Global an amount of $[CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] for the Work performed prior to the date hereof, such invoice to be
paid by ORBCOMM Global within one (1) business day.
(b) Monthly Invoicing. Orbital shall invoice ORBCOMM Global on a
monthly basis for a maximum of 90% of its costs incurred during such month
plus, to the extent permitted by Subsection 4.1(f), such portion of the cost in
excess of the maximum amount to be invoiced to ORBCOMM Global in accordance
with such Subsection 4.1(f) and not previously invoiced and paid. Orbital
shall present its invoice to ORBCOMM Global promptly after the end of the month
covered by the invoice.
(c) Category B Milestones. The remaining 10% of costs incurred in
any month may be invoiced incrementally upon completion of the Category B
Milestone for that month as set forth in Exhibit B.
(d) Category A Milestones. The balance of the price
($[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]) is allocated to Category A Milestones as set forth
in Exhibit C. The amount for such Category A Milestones may be invoiced upon
achievement of the relevant Category A Milestone in
7
8
accordance with the requirements for achievement of Category A Milestones set
forth in Section 4.2 below (the "CATEGORY A MILESTONE ACHIEVEMENT CRITERIA").
(e) The total amount paid under 4.1(a), (b) and (c) shall not
exceed $[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]. In the event costs incurred are less than
$[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT], the remaining amount shall be paid pro-rata upon
each launch.
(f) Schedule 4.1(f) sets forth the maximum cumulative payments to
be made by ORBCOMM Global under Sections 4.1(a), (b) and (c) during the term of
this Agreement. At any time during the term of this Agreement, ORBCOMM Global
shall not be obligated to make any payments associated with monthly invoices
and Category B Milestones to the extent that the cumulative costs exceed the
maximum payments identified in Schedule 4.1(f) at the relevant time until such
time where the cumulative costs are less than such maximum cumulative payments.
Section 4.2 - Category A Milestone Achievement. (a) Preliminary
Design Review, Critical Design Review and System Production Readiness Review
shall be deemed achieved upon conduct of the respective review meaningfully
addressing all significant areas as described in the Statement of Work, mutual
agreement on the scope of and schedule for action plan items and resolution of
any action items mutually agreed to be resolved as a condition of the related
Category A Milestone achievement. First Article Test shall be deemed achieved
upon successful completion of the First Article Acceptance Test Procedure. In
the event of substantial achievement of any milestone, Orbital shall be
entitled to invoice for a portion of the value with the balance to be invoiced
upon full achievement or waiver. In such event, any amount withheld shall be
at ORBCOMM Global's discretion, but shall be commensurate with the remaining
tasks and risks. Preliminary Design Review, Critical Design Review and System
Production Readiness Review shall be deemed fully achieved no later than the
first launch. In the event First Article Test is not fully achieved prior to
launch any remaining amount shall be earned to the same extent of On-orbit
Check Out achievement.
(b) Launch success for each launch service shall be deemed
achieved upon delivery of the Satellites to orbit in accordance with the orbit
criteria contained in Section 3.1.1 of the Launch Vehicle Statement of Work and
Specifications, as further defined in the interface control document for the
interface specification between the Launch Vehicle and the Satellite, which
interface control document shall be mutually agreed upon by Orbital and ORBCOMM
Global. In the event the Section 3.1.1 criteria are not achieved, but the
Satellites are placed in an orbit that make them useable to ORBCOMM Global,
Orbital shall be entitled to payment for partial launch success in an amount to
be determined by negotiation of the parties based on the usability of the
Satellites to generate revenues.
(c) On-Orbit Check Out for each plane of Satellites shall be deemed
achieved on a percentage basis as described in Schedule 4.2(c). In the event
of a failure of Satellite operation due to launch failure, the On-orbit Check
Out Milestone payment may be earned for On-orbit Check Out of the fourth plane
in accordance with the criteria described in Schedule 4.2. In the
8
9
event of failure or performance degradation below the criteria in Schedule 4.2
of any Satellite due to improper operation by ORBCOMM Global (to the extent
that such improper operation is not the result of Orbital's directives), such
Satellite shall be deemed fully functional for the purposes of On-orbit Check
Out Milestone achievement
Section 4.3 - Achievement of Milestones. (a) In the event that
Orbital fails to achieve any Category A Milestone in accordance with the
Category A Milestone Achievement Criteria on or before the scheduled completion
date shown in Exhibit C, ORBCOMM Global shall be relieved of its obligation to
pay the applicable amounts specified for such Category A Milestone until such
time as Orbital achieves such Category A Milestone in accordance with the
Category A Milestone Achievement Criteria or obtains a waiver in writing from
ORBCOMM Global for such achievement. The invoicing and payment procedure
referred to Section 4.1 shall then apply mutatis mutandis. This, together with
any additional rights and remedies ORBCOMM Global may have under Article 12 -
Termination, shall constitute ORBCOMM Global's exclusive right and remedy for
Orbital's failure to achieve any or all such Category A Milestones. Orbital's
failure to timely complete any milestone shall not relieve ORBCOMM Global from
its obligation to pay for other achieved milestones.
(b) If ORBCOMM Global concludes that the milestone event for which
any invoices have been submitted has not been successfully completed in
accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or that any condition
established by this Agreement as prerequisite to payment has not been
fulfilled, it shall provide Orbital written exceptions within ten (10) business
days after receipt of the invoice, specifying in detail the non-conformance.
The applicable payments shall be made within five (5) business days after
ORBCOMM Global's receipt of Orbital's response, in writing, addressing in
detail each of ORBCOMM Global's exceptions and, in the event of any Category A
Milestone, demonstrating to the reasonable satisfaction of ORBCOMM Global that
the milestone requirements have been successfully completed; provided, however,
if, with respect to any such Category A Milestone, ORBCOMM Global reasonably
concludes that Orbital's response to ORBCOMM Global's exceptions to be
non-responsive and so notifies Orbital as provided in Subsection 4.3(c) below,
ORBCOMM Global may, at its sole discretion, defer any unpaid amount of the
relevant Category A Milestone payment until the resolution of the matter as
described in Subsection 4.3(c) below.
(c) In the event ORBCOMM Global concludes that Orbital has been
non-responsive to ORBCOMM Global's exception to a Category A Milestone, ORBCOMM
Global shall notify Orbital thereof in writing (the "EXCEPTION NOTIFICATION")
within ten (10) business days after receipt of Orbital's response to ORBCOMM
Global's written exception. The Exception Notification shall (i) specify in
detail the reason(s) ORBCOMM Global believes Orbital's response to be
non-responsive, and (ii) advise Orbital formally that ORBCOMM Global intends to
withhold payment for such Category A Milestones until Orbital demonstrates to
the reasonable satisfaction of ORBCOMM Global that such Category A Milestone
has been achieved in accordance with the Category A Milestone Achievement
Criteria.
9
10
Upon receipt of an Exemption Notification from ORBCOMM Global,
Orbital shall have thirty (30) days to demonstrate the achievement of the
relevant Category A Milestone to the reasonable satisfaction of ORBCOMM Global.
If Orbital is unable to make such demonstration, either party may submit the
matter to be resolved as provided in Section 16.4 hereof.
Section 4.4 - Invoicing. Subject to the foregoing, Orbital shall
submit to ORBCOMM Global at the address below monthly invoices covering the
amounts as described in Subsection 4.1(b) or invoices for Category A and
Category B Milestone payments, in each case certified by the Vice-President and
Controller of Orbital or by any other officer designated by the Vice-President
and Controller of Orbital in the form provided for in Schedule 4.4. Subject to
the provisions of Section 4.3, ORBCOMM Global shall pay such invoices within
thirty (30) days from the date of their receipt:
ORBCOMM Global, L.P.
Attn: Controller
00000 Xxxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxx
Xxxxxx, Xxxxxxxx 00000
Section 4.5 - Auditor Review of Submitted Invoices. Under this
Agreement, Orbital shall submit certified invoices on a monthly basis for a
percentage of incurred costs, and in certain cases for a percentage of incurred
costs but only after successful completion of any Category B milestones. In
order to ensure ORBCOMM Global that the invoices that are submitted accurately
reflect (i) the actual incurred costs and (ii) the correct percentage of costs
to be invoiced under the terms of this Agreement, an outside auditor firm
selected by ORBCOMM Global may review the accuracy of submitted invoices under
this Agreement against Orbital's accounting books and records. In the event
that an error was made and ORBCOMM Global was overcharged, the amount of the
overcharge shall be determined by the auditors and the overcharged amount,
plus interest to be calculated at the prime rate of Xxxxxx Guaranty Trust
Company of New York in effect on the first business day for each relevant month
from the date of overpayment, shall be refunded to ORBCOMM Global within five
(5) business days from the date of notification by the auditors. All expenses
of such audits shall be paid by ORBCOMM Global except that, to the extent that
there is an overcharge greater than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) finally
determined and that such determination is binding upon the parties, Orbital
shall pay audit expenses with respect to any invoices for which an overcharge
is so determined. To the extent that Orbital does not agree with the auditors'
determination, such dispute shall be settled in accordance with Section 16.4.
ARTICLE 5 - WORK SCHEDULE AND DELIVERY
10
11
Section 5.1 - Delivery. (a) Orbital understands and agrees that
timely completion of the milestones is of the essence of this Agreement.
Completion of Category A and Category B Milestones shall be determined as
described in Article 4.
(b) Delivery of the Launch Vehicle Launch Services and Satellites
shall occur on separation of the Launch Vehicle from the carrier aircraft as
follows:
11
12
Deliverable Date
----------- ----
(i) Satellites 1-8 and Launch Vehicle Launch Service No. 1 Jan. 1997
(ii) Satellites 9-16 and Launch Vehicle Launch Service No. 2 April 1997
(iii) Satellites 17-24 and Launch Vehicle Launch Service No. 3 July 1997
(iv) Satellites 25-34 Nov. 1997
(c) Delivery of the remaining gateway earth station effort to be
completed under this Agreement shall be as follows:
Deliverable Quantity Shipment Destination
-------------------------- ---------- ------------------ -------------------------
GES System - 05 1 Oct. 0000 Xxxx Xxxxxxxxx, XX
GES System - 06 1 Oct. 0000 Xxxx Xxxxxxxxx, XX
XXX Xxxxxxx System 1 Oct. 0000 Xxxx Xxxxxxxxx, XX
GES System - 07 1 Jan. 1996 Ocilla, GA
GES System - 08 1 May 1996 Arcade, NY
(d) Delivery of the remaining Satellite Control Center efforts to
be completed under this Agreement shall be in accordance with the Satellite
Statement of Work.
ARTICLE 6 - ACCESS AND ACCEPTANCE
Section 6.1 - Access. Subject to the receipt of any and all required
governmental approvals, ORBCOMM Global's authorized representatives shall have
the right, on a not to interfere basis, at all reasonable times during the
performance of this Agreement, to monitor the work in progress (including
without limitation all design and test activities with access to related
computer program information to the extent reasonable safeguards can be
implemented) at the plant(s) of Orbital. Orbital shall use all commercially
reasonable efforts to incorporate in all of its subcontracts, Orbital's and
ORBCOMM Global's rights to monitor work in progress as
12
13
provided herein, provided that any additional direct expenses associated with
the exercise or implementation of such rights shall be borne by ORBCOMM Global.
Section 6.2 - Progress Meetings. During the performance of this
Agreement, Orbital shall conduct reviews in accordance with the schedule
identified in the Satellite, Launch Vehicle and Gateway Earth Station
Statements of Work, as the case may be, at which Orbital shall provide a review
of milestones completed subsequent to the preceding review, status of the
upcoming milestones, and such other matters as may be mutually agreed upon by
the parties. Orbital shall also provide ORBCOMM Global at such meetings with
such reports and documentation as are required by such Statements of Work. The
parties may mutually agree to conduct additional interim meetings or reviews
from time to time with a mutually acceptable agenda. ORBCOMM Global shall
determine its appropriate manager and personnel to attend such meetings.
Orbital shall be represented by its program manager and such other personnel as
are specifically required to support the particular presentation. All such
meetings shall be held at Orbital's facility in Germantown, Maryland or other
mutually agreeable location. Orbital shall prepare and distribute to ORBCOMM
Global the minutes of such meeting within fifteen (15) days of each such
meeting.
Orbital shall provide ORBCOMM Global and/or its representatives,
office space for a maximum of ten (10) of ORBCOMM Global personnel (or its
consultants) at Orbital's facilities at Germantown, Maryland and Dulles,
Virginia. The office facilities to be provided shall include a reasonable
amount of office space, office furniture, regular parking facilities, telephone
and fax services and access to copy machines. ORBCOMM Global shall reimburse
Orbital for variable costs such as long distance telephone and fax services on
a reasonable basis to be negotiated.
Section 6.3 - Inspection and Acceptance. (a) The remaining efforts to
be performed on the Gateway Earth Stations as specified in Section 2.3 shall be
accepted in accordance with Gateway Earth Station Acceptance Test Procedure
("GES ATP"), a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule 6.3(a). The GES
ATP shall take place at the location where the Gateway Earth Stations to be
purchased under this Agreement are to be installed by ORBCOMM Global. Such GES
ATP shall be scheduled at a mutually convenient time within fifteen (15) days
after Orbital notifies ORBCOMM Global that the installation is complete.
ORBCOMM Global shall satisfy itself during the GES ATP that the Gateway Earth
Stations conform to the Gateway Earth Station Specifications set forth in this
Agreement. Within thirty (30) days after completion of each GES ATP, ORBCOMM
Global shall give written notice of any claim that the Gateway Earth Stations
do not conform to such specifications. If ORBCOMM Global fails to participate
in the GES ATP for any particular Gateway Earth Station or to notify Orbital as
required, ORBCOMM Global agrees that the remaining Gateway Earth Station
efforts for such Gateway Earth Station shall be deemed accepted with all faults
that inspection and test would have revealed and to have waived all rights to
revoke acceptance after such a thirty-day period for such Gateway Earth
Station. ORBCOMM Global may be assisted in all inspections by its consultants
or advisors.
13
14
(b) ORBCOMM Global's authorized representatives shall promptly
conduct a final inspection of the Satellites and Launch Vehicles in accordance
with the Verification and Test Plan or, at ORBCOMM Global's option, witness
such inspection by Orbital and shall either approve them for launch in writing
or promptly notify Orbital in writing of the particulars in which they are
non-conforming with the applicable Specifications. If no objections have been
sent by ORBCOMM Global within fifteen (15) days of the inspection, the relevant
Satellite and Launch Vehicles shall be deemed to have received approval for
launch by ORBCOMM Global. Corrections required to render the Satellites and
Launch Vehicles in conformance with the applicable Specification shall be made
by Orbital at its cost. The decision as to how to make the corrections shall
be at Orbital's sole discretion and an item found to be non-conforming during
or after testing performed under this Agreement shall, at ORBCOMM Global's
request and without charge to ORBCOMM Global, be re-tested by Orbital after
Orbital has remedied the non-conformance. ORBCOMM Global may be assisted in all
inspections by its consultants or advisors.
(c) The remaining efforts to be performed on the Satellite Control
Center as specified in Section 2.1 shall be accepted in accordance with a
Satellite Control Center Acceptance Test Procedure ("SCC ATP"), a copy of which
shall be attached upon completion as Exhibit 6.3(c). The SCC ATP shall take
place at the facilities of Orbital at Dulles, Virginia. Such SCC ATP shall be
scheduled at a mutually convenient time within fifteen (15) days after Orbital
notifies ORBCOMM Global that the remaining efforts on the Satellite Control
Center have been completed. ORBCOMM Global shall satisfy itself during the SCC
ATP that the Satellite Control Center conforms to the requirements contained in
the Satellite Specifications contained in this Agreement. Within thirty (30)
days after completion of the SCC ATP, ORBCOMM Global shall give written notice
of any claim that the remaining efforts on the Satellite Control Center does
not conform to such Specifications. If ORBCOMM Global fails to participate in
the SCC ATP or to notify Orbital as required, ORBCOMM Global agrees that the
remaining Satellite Control Center efforts shall be deemed accepted with all
faults that inspection and test would have revealed and to have waived all
rights to revoke acceptance after such a thirty-day period. ORBCOMM Global may
be assisted in all inspections by its consultants or advisors.
Section 6.4 - Corrections in Unlaunched Satellites. If at any time,
Orbital becomes aware that defects exist in any unlaunched Satellite as a
result of the operation of on-orbit Satellites or otherwise, Orbital shall
notify promptly ORBCOMM Global of such defects and to the extent that ORBCOMM
Global determines that such defects would, in the reasonable opinion of ORBCOMM
Global, materially and adversely affect the operation of the ORBCOMM System,
Orbital shall take prompt and appropriate corrective measures at its own
expense to eliminate any such defects from all unlaunched Satellites (including
any spare Satellites). The decision as to how to make the corrections shall be
at Orbital's sole discretion.
ARTICLE 7 - TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS
14
15
Section 7.1 - Title Passing and Risk of Loss. Unless otherwise
provided in this Agreement, title to, beneficial ownership of, and right to
possession to and risk of loss of or damage shall pass to ORBCOMM Global, as
follows:
(a) with respect to each Launch Vehicle and to the Satellites upon
separation of the Launch Vehicle from the carrier aircraft;
(b) with respect to the Gateway Earth Stations upon successful
completion of the GES ATP in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.3(a);
and
(c) with respect to the Satellite Control Center upon successful
completion of the SCC ATP in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.3(c).
ARTICLE 8 - CHANGES
Section 8.1 - Changes. At any time and by written order, ORBCOMM
Global may make changes within the general scope of this Agreement in (a) the
Specifications or the Statements of Work, (b) the method of packing or
shipment, (c) place or time of delivery, or (d) the quantity or type of the
items to be delivered or services required to be performed hereunder.
Section 8.2 - Adjustments to Agreement. (a) If any change causes an
increase or decrease in the Price, or in the time required for performance of
any part of the Work, whether or not directly changed by the order, ORBCOMM
Global and Orbital shall negotiate an equitable adjustment to such Price,
delivery schedule or other provision of this Agreement. Orbital shall perform
the Work as changed pending resolution of any negotiation under this Article 8.
(b) Orbital must assert in a written proposal that addresses its
right to an adjustment under this Article 8 within sixty (60) days from receipt
of the written order; provided that, if Orbital requires additional time to
finalize its written proposal, it shall request an extension within the initial
sixty (60) day period, which request shall not be unreasonably denied by
ORBCOMM Global.
(c) If Orbital's proposal includes the cost of replacing property
made obsolete or excess by the change, ORBCOMM Global shall have the right to
prescribe the manner of the disposition of the obsolete or excess property.
(d) Failure to agree to any adjustment shall be a dispute and
settled in accordance with Section 16.4, provided that nothing in this Section
8.2 shall excuse Orbital from proceeding with the Work as changed.
ARTICLE 9 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
15
16
Section 9.1 - Representations and Warranties. Orbital represents and
warrants that (a) it has, and it shall deliver to ORBCOMM Global at the time of
title passing pursuant to Article 7, sole and good legal and equitable title to
the items to be delivered or to the extent applicable, the services required to
be performed pursuant to Article 2, free and clear of any and all security
interests, liens, claims, charges, and encumbrances of any kind or nature
whatsoever, together with full power and lawful authority to sell, deliver and
perform the items to be delivered or to the extent applicable, the services
required to be performed under Article 2, (b) subject to the provisions of
Section 9.2(a), the items to be delivered or to the extent applicable, the
services required to be performed shall be free from defects in design,
material and workmanship and shall operate and conform to the performance
capabilities, specifications, functions and other descriptions set forth in the
Specifications (as such Specifications may be modified from time to time), (c)
neither the delivery of the items nor the performance of the services required
to be performed by Orbital shall in any way constitute an infringement or other
violation of any copyright, trademark or patent or other validly registered
enforceable intellectual property right of any third party and (d) the items to
be delivered and the services required to be performed hereunder shall be in
compliance with all applicable United States laws, rules and regulations.
Section 9.2 - Remedies for Breach of Warranty and Warranty Period.
(a) Notwithstanding acceptance by ORBCOMM Global of the Gateway
Earth Stations, the Satellite Control Center, or any part thereof, or any
provision of this Agreement, to the extent permitted by the terms thereof,
Orbital shall assign to ORBCOMM Global any warranties it has with respect to
any part of any such Gateway Earth Stations and of the Satellite Control
Center, from third parties and warrants with respect to all such other Gateway
Earth Stations, the Satellite Control Center, or any part thereof, that for a
period of one (1) year after title passing in accordance with Article 7
(together with the term of any applicable third party warranty, the "WARRANTY
PERIOD"), the Gateway Earth Stations, the Satellite Control Center, or any part
thereof, shall be free from defects in design, material and workmanship and
shall operate and conform to the performance capabilities, specifications,
functions and other descriptions set forth in the Specifications that relate
thereto. Orbital shall, at its expense, repair or replace the Gateway Earth
Stations, the Satellite Control Center, or any part thereof, that do not
conform to such warranty. Notwithstanding the above, the Warranty Period for
the Gateway Earth Stations shall expire no later than December 31, 1996.
Orbital's obligation during the applicable Warranty Period shall be limited to
repair or replacement of any Gateway Earth Stations, the Satellite Control
Center, or any part thereof, for which it has provided a warranty. Notice of
all claimed defects must be provided in writing to Orbital within the
applicable Warranty Period. Orbital shall determine after inspection that the
product or part was, in fact, defective, such determination to be to the
reasonable satisfaction of ORBCOMM Global. The Gateway Earth Stations, the
Satellite Control Center, or any part thereof, found to conform to the
Specifications and requirements of this Agreement and not defective shall be
returned to ORBCOMM Global, at ORBCOMM Global's expense. ORBCOMM Global shall
pay for shipping and insurance of defective Goods to Orbital and Orbital shall
pay the cost of return shipping and insurance. Any
16
17
product or part repaired or replaced shall be subject to the original,
applicable Warranty Period. The warranty set forth herein is ORBCOMM Global's
exclusive remedy against Orbital for defective Gateway Earth Stations, the
Satellite Control Center, or any part thereof, and is in lieu of all other
warranties, express or implied.
(b) The Orbital warranty set forth herein shall not extend to any
Gateway Earth Stations, the Satellite Control Center, or any part thereof that,
upon Orbital's or its subcontractors' examination is found to have been (i)
mishandled, misused, subjected to negligence, accident or abuse, (ii)
installed, operated or maintained contrary to Orbital's specifications or
instructions or otherwise used improperly, (iii) tampered with or damaged as
evidenced by, for example, broken seals, unauthorized modifications, damaged
packaging containers and the like, (iv) repaired/altered by anyone other than
Orbital or its subcontractors with Orbital's express advance written approval,
or (v) delivered to Orbital not in conformance with the notice requirements in
the warranty.
(c) For the Launch Vehicle Launch Services and the Satellites,
following separation of the Launch Vehicle from the carrier aircraft, ORBCOMM
Global's sole remedy for launch failure, defects, failure to conform with
applicable Specifications or any other requirements shall be limited to (i)
the potential non-payment to Orbital of the related Category A milestone
payments and of the performance incentive payment referred to in Article 14 and
(ii) termination remedies under Article 12.
Section 9.3 - Limitation of Liability. (a) ORBITAL SHALL NOT BE
LIABLE FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR OTHER DAMAGES RESULTING FROM
THE USE OF ANY OF THE GOODS OR SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED HEREUNDER, OTHER THAN
THE LIABILITY EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREIN IS IN
LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, regardless of fault,
under no circumstances shall Orbital be liable for any damages greater than
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Dollars ($[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]) (excluding (i) any
unpaid portion of the Category A Milestone Payments not paid to Orbital as a
result of a failure to meet, in whole or in part, any of the Category A
Milestones, and (ii) any unpaid portion of the On-orbit Performance Incentive
Payment payable under Article 14) for any claim made, including any special,
incidental or consequential damages of any nature whatsoever, whether arising
from Orbital's breach of contract, breach of express or implied warranty,
arising in tort, at law or in equity including any law giving rise to a claim
of strict liability or for any other cause.
Section 9.4 - Patent Indemnification. (a) In the event of a breach of
the representation and warranty set forth in Section 9.1(c), Orbital agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless ORBCOMM Global and its permitted successors and
assigns of its products from and against all
17
18
loss, damages, claims, demands and suits at law or in equity, for actual or
alleged claims, demands and suits at law or in equity, arising out of such
breach or alleged breach.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsections 9.1(c), 9.3(b)
and 9.4(a), ORBCOMM Global agrees that Orbital shall be relieved of its
obligations referenced in Subsection 9.4(a), unless ORBCOMM Global notifies
Orbital in writing promptly, but in any event, no later than sixty (60) days
after ORBCOMM Global becomes aware of any such claim, suit or proceeding and,
at Orbital's expense, cooperates with and gives Orbital all necessary
information and assistance to mitigate, settle and/or defend any such claim,
suit or proceeding; provided, however, that ORBCOMM Global shall not be
obligated to suspend service using the ORBCOMM System in mitigation of
Orbital's liability. In the event that the actual liability of Orbital as a
consequence of a claim, suit or proceeding in a particular country, exceeds
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Dollars ($[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT ]) in such country,
excluding any country listed in Schedule 9.4(b) for which the claim, suit or
proceeding shall exceed [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Dollars ($[CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]), and excluding the United States of America for which the claim,
suit or proceeding shall exceed the Price , then ORBCOMM Global shall release
Orbital from any obligation for liability for copyright, trademark and patent
infringement in such country in excess of the applicable limit.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, under no
circumstances shall Orbital be liable for any copyright, trademark or patent
indemnification for countries other than the United States of America, greater
than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Dollars ($[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]) and
copyrights, trademark or patent indemnification for all countries including the
United States of America greater than the Price.
ARTICLE 10 - RESERVED
ARTICLE 11 - STOP WORK
Section 11.1 - Stop Work Order. ORBCOMM Global may, at any time, by
written order to Orbital, require Orbital to stop all, or any part, of the Work
called for by this Agreement for a period of sixty (60) days or for any further
period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically
identified as a Stop Work issued under this Article 11. Upon receipt of the
order, Orbital shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable
steps to minimize costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the
period of work stoppage. Within a period of sixty (60) days after a stop-work
is delivered to Orbital, or within any extension of that period to which the
parties agree, ORBCOMM Global shall either (a) cancel the stop-work order and
make an equitable adjustment to this Agreement for the delay or (b) terminate
the work as provide in Article 12 hereof if applicable or if Orbital otherwise
agrees to terminate.
18
19
ARTICLE 12 - TERMINATION
Section 12.1 - Termination. ORBCOMM Global may, by written notice of
termination to Orbital, terminate this Agreement upon the failure of Orbital
(a) to achieve any of the Category A Milestones within fifty-six (56) weeks
after the scheduled completion date set forth in the Milestone Payment
Schedule, provided that scheduled completion dates shall be extended by any
excusable delays as a result of a force majeure event under Section 16.2; (b)
to comply in any material respect with any of the provisions of this Agreement
and to correct such failure, within sixty (60) days from the date of Orbital's
receipt of written notice thereof from ORBCOMM Global's authorized
representative, setting forth in detail ORBCOMM Global's basis for termination
of the Agreement.
Xxxxxxx 00.0 - Xxxxxxxx Xxxx Xxxxxxxxxxx. (a) In the event of
termination of this Agreement by ORBCOMM Global, as provided for hereinabove,
Orbital shall:
(i) To the extent it is permitted to do so by law,
regulation and third parties, deliver to ORBCOMM Global all completed
items to be delivered under Article 2, work-in-progress, drawings, and
other technical data associated with the Work developed as part of the
performance of the completed milestones of this Agreement along with
appropriate licenses to the intellectual property embodied in all such
items (excluding any Launch Vehicle Launch Services data), drawings
and other technical data to use, make and have made such items
(excluding any Launch Vehicle Launch Services data), provided, that
such data and licenses shall be used exclusively for purposes related
to the ORBCOMM System and shall be subject to appropriate
confidentiality obligations;
(ii) Take all commercially reasonable steps to protect and
preserve the property referred to in (i) above in the possession of
Orbital until delivery to ORBCOMM Global;
(iii) Be paid such portion of the ORBCOMM System Price for
all due monthly invoices and completed milestones less any amount
payable to ORBCOMM Global hereunder; and
(iv) At ORBCOMM Global's request and to the fullest extent
permitted by law, and subject to applicable laws and regulations,
transfer the approvals, permits, and licenses relating to the ORBCOMM
System and held by Orbital or ORBCOMM to ORBCOMM USA.
(v) Be liable to ORBCOMM Global for liquidated damages in
the amount of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dollars ($[CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]) except that in the event of termination after a Change of
Control as defined in the Master Agreement, the amount shall be
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dollars ($[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]).
19
20
(b) In the event of ORBCOMM Global's proper exercise of its rights
under this Article 12, Orbital shall protect ORBCOMM Global, hold ORBCOMM
Global harmless and indemnify ORBCOMM Global from all claims (and related
liabilities and costs) by Orbital's customers or third parties, derived from or
relating to Orbital's rights under this Agreement, subject to any limitation
provided in Section 9.3 hereof.
(c) Any disagreement under this provision, including disagreements
with respect to ORBCOMM Global's right to seek a termination and the
appropriate remedies for termination, shall be resolved in accordance with
Article 16.4 of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 13 - OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Section 13.1. All designs, inventions (whether or not patented),
processes, technical data, drawings and/or confidential information related to
the Work, including without limitation the Satellites, Launch Vehicle Launch
Services, Satellite Control Center and Gateway Earth Stations, are the
exclusive property of Orbital and/or its subcontractors. All rights, title and
interest in and to all underlying intellectual property relating to the Work
shall remain exclusively in Orbital and/or its subcontractors, notwithstanding
Orbital's disclosure of any information or delivery of any data items to
ORBCOMM Global or ORBCOMM Global's payment to Orbital for engineering or
non-recurring charges. ORBCOMM Global shall not use or disclose such
information or property to any third party without the prior written consent of
Orbital. Title to all tools, test equipment and facilities not furnished by
ORBCOMM Global or specifically paid for by ORBCOMM Global and delivered to
ORBCOMM Global under this Agreement shall remain in Orbital and/or its
subcontractors. ORBCOMM Global agrees that it will not directly or through any
third party reverse engineer the Work.
Section 13.2. To the extent that computer software, source codes,
programming information and other related documentation relating to the Work,
other than the Launch Vehicles (the "BACKGROUND INFORMATION") are not
deliverable data under this Agreement (or to the extent that they are
deliverable data, that no ownership or license rights are being transferred to
ORBCOMM Global), Orbital, to the extent that it has the right to do so, shall
provide to ORBCOMM Global, on an as needed basis, the right to access and copy
such Background Information. ORBCOMM Global shall have the right to use such
Background Information to support its analysis of the ORBCOMM System, to
develop alternative solutions for technical problems affecting the operation
and management of the ORBCOMM System and to design modifications to the
Background Information but in any event, not for any reprocurement. To the
extent that ORBCOMM Global designs modifications to the Background Information,
it shall not have the right to implement such modifications without the prior
written consent of Orbital. However, if ORBCOMM Global decides to implement
such modifications without the prior written consent of Orbital, ORBCOMM Global
shall be deemed to have waived its right to the unpaid portion of the On-orbit
Performance Incentive Payment and shall pay to Orbital within
20
21
thirty (30) days of the implementation of the modification such unpaid portion
of the On-orbit Performance Incentive Payment.
ARTICLE 14 - ON-ORBIT PERFORMANCE
INCENTIVE PAYMENTS
(a) In addition to the Price set forth in Article 3 hereof,
Orbital shall be entitled to receive on-orbit performance incentive payments
during the On-orbit Performance Incentive Period. Payments shall be made on a
per plane basis with the incentive to be earned on a monthly basis, for each
complete month during the first thirty (30) months years that there are at
least seven (7) Working Satellites in the plane, and during the last thirty
(30) months, for each complete month that there are at least six (6) Working
Satellites in the plane, as described in Schedule 14.
(b) The "ON-ORBIT PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PERIOD" for each plane of
satellites shall commence on the first day after all the conditions for the
successful completion of the Category A Milestone attached to such plane have
been satisfied or when On-orbit Check Out is completed and reasonable
corrective actions mutually agreed upon by Orbital and ORBCOMM Global, if
necessary, have been implemented to the reasonable satisfaction of ORBCOMM
Global and shall continue for a period of five (5) years thereafter.
(c) The monthly On-orbit performance incentive payment to be
earned for each complete month during the On-orbit Performance Incentive Period
shall be as follows:
Year Monthly Payment per Plane
---- ------------------------
1 $ [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
2 $ [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
3 $ [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
4 $ [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
5 $ [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
(d) In the event any available On-orbit Performance Incentive
Payment is not earned, the balance (up to a maximum of $[CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] per plane) shall be available to be earned if there are at least six
(6) Working Satellites in any plane in the sixth year of operation payable on a
monthly basis over that year.
(e) In the event of failure or performance degradation of any
Satellite due to improper operation by ORBCOMM Global (to the extent that such
improper operation is not the result of Orbital's directives), or if any
Working Satellite is intentionally put out of service by ORBCOMM Global, it
shall, for the purpose of earning On-orbit Performance Incentive Payment, be
considered a Working Satellite.
21
22
(f) In the event of launch failure of any plane of Satellites, no
On-orbit Performance Incentive Payment shall be payable for that plane, but
shall be available to be earned for performance of the fourth plane, if
launched.
ARTICLE 15 - SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO LAUNCH SERVICES
Section 15.2 - Cross-Waiver of Liability Relating to the Launch of the
Orbital Satellites. (a) In accordance with the applicable Department of
Transportation commercial launch license requirements, ORBCOMM Global agrees to
enter into an agreement with Orbital for a no-fault, no-subrogation,
inter-participant waiver of liability pursuant to which each shall not bring a
claim against or xxx the employees of the other, or any of them, or the United
States Government, and each party agrees to be responsible for and to absorb
the financial and any other consequences of any Property Damage it incurs or
for any Bodily Injury to, or Property Damage incurred by, its own employees
resulting from activities carried out under this Agreement, irrespective of
whether such Bodily Injury or Property Damage is caused by ORBCOMM Global,
Orbital or by their contractors, subcontractors, officers, directors, agents,
servants and employees and the Government and regardless of whether such Bodily
Injury or Property Damage arises through negligence or otherwise.
(b) ORBCOMM Global and Orbital shall each be responsible for such
insurance as they deem necessary to protect their respective property. Any
insurance carried in accordance with this Article 15 and any policy taken out
in substitution or replacement for any such policy shall provide that the
insurers shall waive any rights of subrogation against ORBCOMM Global, Orbital,
and the United States Government, as the case may be, and their contractors and
subcontractors at every tier.
(c) ORBCOMM Global and Orbital hereby agree to obtain a similar
waiver in the form set forth above from any party with which it enters into an
agreement relating to the activities (launch of the Satellites) contemplated by
this Article, including without limitation, all of its respective contractors,
subcontractors and suppliers at every tier, and all persons and entities to
whom it assigns all or any part of its rights or obligations under this
Agreement.
(d) As used herein, "BODILY INJURY" means bodily injury, sickness,
disease, disability, shock, mental anguish or mental injury sustained by any
person including death and damages for care and loss of services resulting
therefrom. "PROPERTY DAMAGE" means injury to or destruction of tangible
property including the loss of use of such injured or destroyed property.
Section 15.3 - Flight Readiness Assessment. Orbital shall conduct a
Mission Readiness Review (MRR) to be held subsequent to Orbital's final launch
readiness review. At the MRR, Orbital shall summarize the status of its
expendable launch vehicle (ELV) and launch support systems and attest to its
readiness to launch the mission. If after due consideration of the status of
the ELV, spacecraft, and other launch support systems, ORBCOMM Global does not
agree
22
23
that the total mission is ready for launch, ORBCOMM Global shall retain the
right to direct the delay to the launch under the terms of the Changes
provision of this Agreement.
Section 15.4 - Final Countdown Launch Authorization. ORBCOMM Global
shall also be polled in the final countdown procedure during status checks and
shall retain the right to concur or not to concur in the "GO" for launch.
ORBCOMM Global's designated representative shall be authorized to make such a
decision. If ORBCOMM Global does not concur, it may declare a "HOLD" and delay
the launch. If ORBCOMM Global calls for delay and the cause for such delay
cannot be shown to be attributable to Orbital's performance, or to have been
within its control or due to its fault or negligence, Orbital shall receive an
equitable adjustment to the Agreement price and schedule.
Section 15.5 - Range Support. Orbital is responsible for the range
costs, interface, and all coordination with the Government Agencies that
control the launch ranges required to launch each payload.
ARTICLE 16 - MISCELLANEOUS
Section 16.1 - Notices. (a) Except as otherwise specified herein, all
notices, requests and other communications required to be delivered to any
party hereunder shall be in writing (including any facsimile transmission or
similar writing), and shall be sent either by certified or registered mail,
return receipt requested, by telecopy or delivered in person addressed as
follows:
(i) if to Orbital, to it at:
00000 Xxxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxx
Xxxxxx, Xxxxxxxx 00000
Telecopy: (000) 000-0000
Attention: Senior Vice President and
General Counsel
(ii) If to ORBCOMM Global, to it at:
00000 Xxxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxx
Xxxxxx, Xxxxxxxx 00000
Telecopy: (000) 000-0000
Attention: President
with copies to:
Orbital Sciences Corporation
00000 Xxxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxx
Xxxxxx, Xxxxxxxx 00000
23
24
Telecopy: (000) 000-0000
Attention: Executive Vice President and
General Manager,
Communication and Information
Systems Group
Teleglobe Mobile Inc.
c/o Teleglobe Inc.
0000 xx xx Xxxxxxxxxxx Xxxxxx Xxxx
Xxxxxxxx, Xxxxxx
Xxxxxx X0X 0X0
Telecopy: (000) 000-0000
Attention: Executive Vice President,
Corporate Development and
Corporate Secretary
or to such other persons or addresses as any party may designate by written
notice to the others. Each such notice, request or other communication shall
be effective (i) if given by telecopy, when such telecopy is transmitted and
the appropriate answerback is received, (ii) if given by reputable overnight
courier, one (1) business day after being delivered to such courier, (iii) if
given by certified mail (return receipt requested), three (3) business days
after being deposited in the mail with first class postage prepaid, or (iv) if
given by any other means, when received at the address specified in this
Section 16.1.
Section 16.2 - Force Majeure. Neither party shall be responsible for
failure or delay in performance or delivery if such failure or delay is the
result of an act of God, the public enemy, embargo, governmental act, fire,
accident, war, riot, strikes, inclement weather or other cause of a similar
nature that is beyond the control of the parties. In the event of such
occurrence, this Agreement shall be amended by mutual agreement to reflect an
extension in the period of performance and/or time of delivery. Failure to
agree on an equitable extension shall be considered a dispute and resolved in
accordance with Section 16.4 hereof.
Delays in the launch of Satellites caused by the actions or inactions
of Orbital in connection with this Agreement, including without limitation any
Launch Vehicle Launch Service failure, directly or pursuant to its subcontracts
shall not constitute a force majeure event under this Section 16.2. All other
delays in launches of Satellites arising for whatever reason shall constitute a
force majeure event, including but not limited to delays in the launch(es) of
Satellite(s) due to delays of any other launches (i.e., not under the Launch
Vehicle Launch Service under this Agreement) preceding any of the ORBCOMM
System scheduled launches.
Section 16.3 - Licenses and Permits. Launches of the ORBCOMM System
Satellites shall be accomplished under the Commercial Space Launch Act (49
U.S.C. Section 2601, et seq.). Orbital shall be responsible for obtaining the
necessary licenses, permits and clearances that may be required by the United
States Department of Transportation, Department of Commerce, or other
governmental agency in order to operate as a launch service contractor.
24
25
Section 16.4 - Resolution of Disputes. (a) Any controversy or claim
that may arise under, out of, in connection with or relating to this Agreement
or any breach hereof, shall be submitted to a representative management panel
of ORBCOMM Global, Orbital and Teleglobe Mobile. Each of ORBCOMM Global,
Orbital and Teleglobe Mobile may appoint up to two (2) individuals to such
panel. Such appointments shall be made within ten (10) days of the receipt by
the appointing party of notice of the existence of such controversy or claim.
The unanimous decision and agreement of such panel shall resolve the
controversy or claim. If the panel is unable to resolve such matter within
thirty (30) days of the submission of such controversy or claim to such panel,
it shall be brought before the Presidents of ORBCOMM Global and Orbital and a
designee of Teleglobe Mobile for final resolution. If such individuals are
unable to resolve the matter within thirty (30) days of the submission of such
controversy or claim to such individuals by way of unanimous decision, either
party may remove the controversy or claim for arbitration in accordance with
Section 16.4(b).
(b) Any controversy or claim that is not resolved under Section
16.4(a) shall be settled by final and binding arbitration in New York, New
York, in accordance with the then existing United States domestic rules of the
American Arbitration Association (the "AAA") (to the extent not modified by
this Section 16.4). In the event that claims or controversies arise under this
Agreement and any of the Definitive Agreements, such claims or controversies
may be consolidated in a single arbitral proceeding. The arbitral tribunal
shall be composed of three (3) arbitrators who are expert in satellite
communications systems and/or launch vehicles as may be appropriate depending
on the nature of the dispute. Each of ORBCOMM Global and Orbital shall appoint
one (1) arbitrator. If any party fails to appoint an arbitrator within thirty
(30) days from the date on which another party's request for arbitration has
been communicated to the first party, such appointment shall be made by the
AAA. The two (2) arbitrators so appointed shall agree upon the third
arbitrator who shall act as chairman of the arbitral tribunal. If the two (2)
appointed arbitrators fail to nominate a chairman within ten (10) days from the
date as of which both arbitrators shall have been appointed, such chairman
shall be selected by the AAA. In all cases, the arbitrators shall be fluent in
English. Judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered
into any court having jurisdiction or application may be made for judicial
acceptance of the award and an order of enforcement, as the case may be. The
parties agree that if it becomes necessary for any party to enforce an arbitral
award by a legal action or additional arbitration or judicial methods, the
party against whom enforcement is sought shall pay all reasonable costs and
attorneys' fees incurred by the party seeking to enforce the award.
Section 16.5 - Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, USA,
without giving effect to the provisions, policies or principles thereof
relating to choice or conflict of laws.
Section 16.6 - Binding Effect; Assignment. This Agreement shall be
binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective
successors and permitted assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any interest or
obligations hereunder shall be assigned or transferred
25
26
(by operation of law or otherwise) to any person without the prior written
consent of the other party, provided that any party may assign this Agreement
and its interest and obligations hereunder to any wholly owned subsidiary of
such party.
Section 16.7 - Order of Precedence. Inconsistencies between or among
Articles of Agreements and/or any attachment shall be resolved in the following
order of precedence:
(a) Article 1 through Article 16 of this Agreement;
(b) the Statements of Work; and
(c) the Specifications.
Section 16.8 - Options and Option Exercise.
(a) The option for a fourth launch may be exercised up until
thirty (30) days after the third launch contemplated by this Agreement, but in
any event, no later than December 31, 1997. Delivery shall be no later than
twenty-two (22) months after exercise.
(b) The option for the Replacement Constellation may be exercised
up until twenty-two (22) months after the third launch contemplated by this
Agreement but in any event, no later than December 31, 1999. Delivery shall
begin no later than twenty-two (22) months after exercise with a detailed
schedule to be negotiated.
(c) The option for launch of two (2) ORBCOMM Satellites to a high
inclination orbit shall be on an "as available" basis and delivery and to the
extent that the option price referred to in Section 2.9 is not applicable,
price shall be negotiated prior to exercise.
(d) Invoicing and payment for the options shall be negotiated
prior to exercise and shall be consistent with the Invoicing and Payment terms
of this Agreement.
Section 16.9 - Export Regulations. ORBCOMM Global acknowledges that
if Goods or technical data purchased, provided or produced hereunder are to be
exported, they are subject to applicable U.S. Commerce and/or State Department
export regulations. ORBCOMM Global accepts full responsibility for and agrees
to comply fully with such regulations, including obtaining export licenses and
re-export permission.
Section 16.10 - Key Personnel. Orbital agrees that those individuals
identified in Exhibit D, which Exhibit D may be modified from time to time at
the request of ORBCOMM Global, which request shall not be unreasonably denied
by Orbital, are necessary for the successful completion of the Work to be
performed of this Agreement. Such key personnel shall not be removed from the
performance of the Work under this Agreement unless replaced with personnel of
substantially equal qualifications and ability. ORBCOMM Global shall have the
right to
26
27
review the qualifications of any proposed replacements and, if for valid
reasons ORBCOMM Global deems such personnel to be unsuitable, ORBCOMM Global
may require Orbital to offer alternative candidates. Notwithstanding its role
in approving key personnel, ORBCOMM Global shall have no supervisory control
over their work, and nothing in this Section 16.10 shall relieve Orbital of any
of its obligations under this Agreement, or of its responsibility for any acts
or omissions of its personnel. To the extent that one or more of the key
personnel voluntarily resign, ORBCOMM Global shall be consulted in the
selection of the replacement personnel but shall not have the right to approve
such replacement personnel.
Section 16.11 - Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts of the signature pages, each of which shall be
considered an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same instrument.
Section 16.12 - Headings. This section and other headings contained
in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the
meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 16.13 - Amendment Waiver. Except as provided otherwise
herein, this Agreement may not be amended nor may any rights hereunder by
waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
Section 16.14 -Termination of the ORBCOMM System Agreement. The
ORBCOMM System Agreement is hereby terminated and except for the Gateway Earth
Station efforts described in Exhibit A, Part 3, which is to be completed and
paid for under this Agreement, ORBCOMM Global's potential liability for taxes
and ORBCOMM's warranty obligations under Article 10 of the ORBCOMM System
Agreement, if any, which shall survive this termination, there shall be no
further obligations under the ORBCOMM System Agreement.
ARTICLE 17 - LIST OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
Exhibits
--------
Exhibit A STATEMENT OF WORK AND SPECIFICATIONS
Part 1A Satellite Statement of Work
Part 1B Satellite Specifications
Part 2 Launch Vehicle Statement of Work Specifications
Part 3 Gateway Earth Station Statement of Work and Specifications
Exhibit B Category B Milestones
Exhibit C Category A Milestones
Exhibit D Key Personnel
Exhibit E Reserved
27
28
To Be Incorporated
------------------
Exhibit F Verification and Test Plan
Exhibit G Interface Specifications
Schedules
---------
Schedule 4.1(f) Maximum Cumulative Payments
Schedule 4.2(c) Category A On-orbit Check Out Achievement Criteria
Schedule 4.4 Form of Invoice
Schedule 6.3(a) Gateway Earth Station Acceptance Test Procedure
Schedule 9.4(b) Patent Indemnification - List of Countries
Schedule 14 Working Satellites for On-Orbit Incentive Payment
To Be Incorporated
------------------
Schedule 6.3(b) Satellite Control Center Acceptance Test Procedure
APPENDIX I OF THE ORBCOMM SYSTEM AGREEMENT IS ATTACHED HERETO. THE PARTIES
SHALL HAVE NO OBLIGATION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH APPENDIX I, WHICH SHALL BE USED
TO CLARIFY THE MEANING AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT, IF SUCH MEANING OR
INTERPRETATION CANNOT BE REASONABLY DERIVED FROM THIS AGREEMENT, THE EXHIBITS
OR SCHEDULES THERETO.
28
29
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be
executed as of the day and year first above written.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
By: /s/ Xxxxx X. Xxxxxxxx
-------------------------
Name: Xxxxx X. Xxxxxxxx
Title: Executive Vice President and
General Manager/Communications and
Information Systems Group
ORBCOMM GLOBAL, L.P.
BY ITS GENERAL PARTNERS,
ORBITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
By: /s/ Xxxx X. Xxxxxx
-------------------------
Name: Xxxx X. Xxxxxx
Title: President
- and -
TELEGLOBE MOBILE PARTNERS
BY ITS MANAGING PARTNER
TELEGLOBE MOBILE INVESTMENTS INC.
By: /s/ Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx
-------------------------
Name: Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx
Title: Executive Vice President, Corporate
Development and Corporate Secretary
29
30
Appendix I
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24.6 to the Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 1993, filed by Orbital Sciences Corporation
on August 13, 1993)
31
EXHIBIT A, PART 1A
SATELLITE
STATEMENT OF WORK
BETWEEN
ORBITAL GLOBAL, L.P.
AND
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
SEPTEMBER 12, 1995
----------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] means that certain confidential information
has been deleted from this document and filed separately with the Securities
and Exchange Commission.
32
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION............................................................1
1.1 SCOPE...............................................................1
1.2 RESPONSIBILITY......................................................1
2. EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES..................................................1
2.1 INTRODUCTION........................................................1
2.2 DELIVERABLE EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES..................................1
2.2.1 Flight Spacecraft (E001-E005) 1
2.2.2 Spacecraft Simulator (E006) 2
2.2.3 Satellite Control Center (E007) 2
2.3 DELIVERABLE DOCUMENTATION...........................................2
2.3.1 Contractor Deliverable Documents 2
2.4 NON-DELIVERABLE ITEMS...............................................2
2.4.1 General 2
2.4.2 Spare Parts and Equipment 2
3. PROGRAM MANAGEMENT......................................................3
3.1 INTRODUCTION........................................................3
3.1.1 Scope 3
3.1.2 Responsibilities 3
3.1.3 Program Management Plan (A001) 3
3.2 DOCUMENTATION AND DATA MANAGEMENT...................................3
3.2.1 General 3
3.2.2 Configuration/Data Management Plan (A002) 4
3.2.3 Documentation Submission Criteria 4
3.2.4 Revision and Maintenance of Documentation 4
3.3 MEETINGS............................................................5
3.3.1 Program Reviews (E008) 5
3.3.2 Subcontractor Progress Meetings (E009) 5
3.3.3 Agenda Coordination Procedure (A007) 5
3.3.4 Minutes/Action Items (A008) 5
3.4 ACTION ITEM CONTROL.................................................6
3.4.1 Action Item List (A011) 6
3.5 WAIVERS AND DEVIATIONS (A004).......................................6
3.6 PROGRAM PLANNING AND STATUS INFORMATION.............................6
3.6.1 Contract Work Breakdown Structure (Part of A001) 7
3.6.2 Work Package Descriptions (WBS Dictionary) (A005) 7
i
33
3.6.3 Schedule Charts (A006) 7
3.7 PROGRAM MONITORING AND NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS....................7
3.7.1 ORBCOMM Global Appointed Resident Representatives 7
3.7.2 Office Accommodation and Facilities 7
3.7.3 Attendance at Meetings 7
3.7.4 ORBCOMM Global's Presence During Development, Qualification
and Acceptance Tests 8
3.7.5 ORBCOMM Global's Presence at the Launch Site 8
3.8 ORBCOMM GLOBAL, CONTRACTOR SATELLITE SOFTWARE INTERFACE.............8
3.9 SUBSCRIBER TERMINAL PHYSICAL LAYER TO SATELLITE ICD.................9
4. DESIGN ACTIVITIES.......................................................9
4.1 GENERAL.............................................................9
4.2 DESIGN REVIEWS......................................................9
4.2.1 Spacecraft System Design Review 9
4.2.1.1 System Preliminary Design Review (E010) 10
4.2.1.2 System Critical Design Review (E011) 11
4.2.1.3 SCC Critical Design Review 12
4.3 DESIGN, ANALYSIS, DRAWINGS, STUDY REPORTS AND TEST PLANS...........12
4.3.1 Design Descriptions 12
4.3.2 Analysis at Spacecraft System Xxxxx 00
4.3.2.1 Stress and Dynamic Analysis (B003) 13
4.3.2.2 Attitude Determination and Control Subsystem Analysis
(B012) 14
4.3.2.3 Propulsion Subsystem Analysis (B018) 14
4.3.2.4 Mass Properties (B004) 14
4.3.2.5 DC Power Budget Analysis (B005) 15
4.3.2.6 Reliability Analysis and Test Plan (C002) 15
4.3.2.7 Mission Analysis (B006) 15
4.3.2.8 Grounding Guideline (B007) 15
4.3.2.9 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Analysis and Test
Plan (B008) 15
4.3.2.10 Environmental Effects Analysis (B009) 16
4.3.2.11 GPS Antenna Placement/Ephemeris Propagation Analysis
(B010) 16
4.3.2.12 Autonomous Commands Analysis (B016) 16
4.3.2.13 Thermal Control Subsystem Analysis (B013) 16
4.3.2.14 Structure Subsystem Analysis (B014) 17
4.3.2.15 Mechanisms Analysis (For New Designs Only) (B019) 17
4.3.2.16 Satellite Computer Capacity Analysis (B024) 17
4.3.2.17 Electrical Power Subsystem Analysis (B015) 17
4.3.2.18 Communication Subsystem Analysis 18
4.3.2.19 Spacecraft Derived Requirements Matrix Document (B001) 18
4.4 TESTING............................................................19
4.4.1 Environmental Tests 19
4.4.2 Communication Tests 19
4.4.3 System Validation Test Plan (D007) 19
4.4.4 Satellite In-Orbit Test (IOT) Plan (D006) 19
4.5 SPACECRAFT TELEMETRY INTERFACE CONTROL DOCUMENTATION (B023)........19
ii
34
5. PRODUCT ASSURANCE ACTIVITIES...........................................20
5.1 PRODUCT ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS (C001)..............................20
5.2 PRODUCT ASSURANCE REVIEWS..........................................20
5.3 PRODUCT ASSURANCE DOCUMENTATION AND ANALYSES.......................20
5.3.1 Reliability Analysis (C002) 20
5.3.2 Reliability Improvement Plan (C008, C009) 20
5.3.3 Non-conformance reports (C006) 20
5.3.4 Test Discrepancy Reports (C004) 21
5.3.5 Configuration Management 21
5.3.6 End Item Data Package (C005) 21
5.3.7 Piece Part Derating Criteria and Circuit Card Assembly Test
Plan 21
6. MANUFACTURING, ASSEMBLY, INTEGRATION AND TESTING ACTIVITIES............21
6.1 GENERAL............................................................21
6.2 MANUFACTURING/PRODUCTION REVIEWS...................................21
6.2.1 Unit Manufacturing Readiness Review (E014) 21
6.2.2 System Production Readiness Review (E015) 22
6.3 VERIFICATION AND TEST PLAN (D001)..................................22
6.4 TEST PROCEDURES, DATA AND REPORTS..................................23
6.4.1 First Article System Test Procedures and Reports (D002) (D003)23
6.4.2 Test Data (D004) 23
6.5 MANUFACTURING AND TEST READINESS REVIEWS...........................23
6.5.1 Manufacturing Plan (A012) 23
6.5.2 Test Readiness Reviews (TRR) 23
6.5.3 Post Test Review Board (PTRB) 23
6.5.4 Preliminary Acceptance and Pre-Shipment Review 24
6.6 SYSTEM AND MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS INTEGRATION AND TEST NOTIFICATION......24
6.7 FAILURE NOTIFICATION (C007)........................................24
6.8 HARDWARE CONTROL SYSTEM............................................24
6.9 TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS........................................24
6.10 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS.............................................24
7. LAUNCH VEHICLE INTERFACES AND LAUNCH SUPPORT ACTIVITIES................24
7.1 SCOPE..............................................................24
7.2 LAUNCH VEHICLE COMPATIBILITY.......................................25
iii
35
7.3 LAUNCH SUPPORT ACTIVITIES..........................................25
7.3.1 Preparation and Definition of Mission Support Documents 25
7.3.1.1 Operations Requirements Handbook (ORH) (B020) 25
7.3.1.2 Spacecraft Telemetry Data 26
7.3.1.3 Mission Manual (B021) 26
7.3.1.4 Operations Support Plan (A010) 26
7.3.1.5 GES-Spacecraft Interface Document (B022) 27
7.3.2 Ground Control Liaison Support (E012) 27
7.3.3 Spacecraft Operational Support (E013) 27
8. SHIPPING AND STORAGE...................................................28
8.1 SPACECRAFT SHIPMENT................................................28
8.2 SPACECRAFT STORAGE.................................................28
9. SATELLITE CONTROL CENTER (SCC).........................................28
9.1 TRAINING OF ORBCOMM GLOBAL PERSONNEL (A009)........................29
9.2 SIMPLE NETWORK MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL (SNMP) INTEGRATION (E016).......29
10. ORBCOMM GLOBAL DELIVERABLES...........................................29
10.1 SYSTEM IN-ORBIT TEST PLAN.........................................29
10.2 NETWORK OPERATIONS HANDBOOK.......................................29
10.3 SIMPLE NETWORK MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL................................29
iv
36
STATEMENT OF WORK
1. INTRODUCTION
Orbital Communications Corporation has been licensed by the FCC to
construct, launch and operate a 36 satellite constellation mobile satellite
system. To date, two of these satellites have been constructed and launched.
This Statement of Work (SOW) addresses the purchase of satellites and services
associated with the next portion of the ORBCOMM constellation.
1.1 SCOPE
This SOW defines the work to be performed by the Contractor (Orbital
Sciences Corporation - OSC), and specifies the equipment, services and
documentation that are required in connection with the ORBCOMM System
Procurement Agreement.
1.2 RESPONSIBILITY
The Contractor is fully responsible for all tasks related to design,
development, fabrication, integration, testing, launch and delivery of the
spacecraft with the exception of the ORBCOMM Global provided software (the
"Satellite Network Software"). This responsibility includes program management
tasks and reporting to ORBCOMM Global on the status of the program.
The Contractor is responsible to ensure compatibility of the spacecraft
with the Satellite Control Center. The Contractor shall support, as defined per
Section 7.3.3, the new satellite operations carried out by ORBCOMM Global during
and after the launch in accordance with Appendix 2.
2. EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES
2.1 INTRODUCTION
This section specifies items of equipment and documentation that are
required in connection with the program.
2.2 DELIVERABLE EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES
The equipment to be delivered by the Contractor, the delivery locations,
the times of delivery and the mode of delivery are specified in Appendix 2,
Deliverable Equipment and Services, to this SOW.
2.2.1 FLIGHT SPACECRAFT (E001-E005)
The Contractor shall deliver to ORBCOMM Global the number of flight
spacecraft defined in Appendix 2. The spacecraft will be delivered in accordance
with all applicable specifications.
The qualification model spacecraft shall be subjected to a series of tests
that are more strenuous then those to be performed on the flight spacecraft and
it will not be launched or delivered. The qualification program system
verification testing shall be completed prior to the start of integration of any
flight spacecraft, except as waived by ORBCOMM Global.
1
37
2.2.2 SPACECRAFT SIMULATOR (E006)
The Contractor shall install computer hardware and software to be used by
ORBCOMM Global as a satellite simulator. This simulator will be capable of being
used for operator training, anomaly resolution and hazardous command simulation
and will be an accurate replica of the software, CPUs and digital portions of a
flight spacecraft. The spacecraft simulator shall be able to simulate in-orbit
operations, including power system and attitude control system operations, and
will respond to commands in the same fashion as an in-orbit spacecraft. The EDU
spacecraft is acceptable as the core of the satellite simulator as long as it
meets the above conditions. The spacecraft simulator shall be made available to
ORBCOMM Global as required to perform necessary training, anomaly resolution,
and testing, and shall be delivered to ORBCOMM Global 30 days after launch of
the third plane.
2.2.3 SATELLITE CONTROL CENTER (E007)
The Contractor shall in accordance with Appendix 2 deliver, install and
test an upgrade to the Satellite Control Center (the "SCC") which:
(a) is compatible with all the satellites,
(b) is capable of managing a satellite constellation consisting of all of
the satellites constructed and launched under this contract plus the
two existing ORBCOMM satellites,
(c) interfaces with the ORBCOMM Global Network Control Center,
The Contractor shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any impact or risk
to the Buyer's ability to generate revenue when delivering, installing or
testing the SCC.
2.3 DELIVERABLE DOCUMENTATION
2.3.1 CONTRACTOR DELIVERABLE DOCUMENTS
The documents that require submittal to ORBCOMM Global are listed in
Appendix 4, Documentation Requirements List.
2.4 NON-DELIVERABLE ITEMS
2.4.1 GENERAL
Some items of equipment must be procured or manufactured by the Contractor
to fulfill the program requirements related to the engineering, qualification,
testing, handling, shipping and storage, but are not deliverable to ORBCOMM
Global. This section addresses certain of these items.
2.4.2 SPARE PARTS AND EQUIPMENT
Although spare parts and equipment are not deliverable items, the
Contractor shall ensure that space flight equipment is available in sufficient
number to the appropriate assembly level to support the tests, pre-launch and
launch operations of each spacecraft, in order to protect the program schedule
in case of failure during ground test and operations. Spare equipment will be
maintained in accordance with the Program Management Plan. ORBCOMM Global shall
have the right to inspect said spare equipment upon reasonable notice.
2
38
3. PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
3.1 INTRODUCTION
3.1.1 SCOPE
This section defines the services to be performed by the Contractor in the
management of the program and the management information to be provided by the
Contractor to permit ORBCOMM Global to evaluate the program progress in terms of
performance, schedule and milestone payment status.
3.1.2 RESPONSIBILITIES
The Contractor's program management organization will manage all matters
relating to the performance of the Contract, and will ensure that all personnel
and facilities necessary for the performance of the Contract are assigned and
made available at the times and places to meet the schedule established by the
Contract. In addition, the Contractor shall utilize the existing centralized
program control system that provides the milestone payment status, schedule,
planning and technical data necessary to manage the program.
3.1.3 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT PLAN (A001)
The Contractor's management of the program shall be defined in detail and
carried out in accordance with a Program Management Plan document to be
submitted to ORBCOMM Global for information. The plan shall contain:
(a) a detailed description of the Contractor, including organization
charts showing the position of critical personnel and their
management interfaces;
(b) a Management Plan, including a description of the management
approach, program organization, individual responsibilities,
administrative arrangements and procedures, and proposed resident
arrangement throughout duration of the program;
(c) a description of the Contractor's planning and project control
system including risk management;
(d) a Review Management List, listing all anticipated reviews with a
schedule or appropriate data for each review and an outline of the
topics to be covered at the review;
(e) a Spares Plan, which describes the Contractor's spares philosophy
and plan to support the multiple launches of multiple satellites;
(f) a Subcontracts Plan, detailing management, selection process, lines
of communication and listing of major subcontractors; and
(g) shipping procedures.
3.2 DOCUMENTATION AND DATA MANAGEMENT
3.2.1 GENERAL
The Contractor shall establish and maintain a centralized documentation
system and implement a method of configuration management and control for both
documents and software. Access to the system will be quick and easy. The system
will provide up-to-date information on all aspects of the work performed under
the Contract at all times. It will, in particular, serve as a reference for test
data and technical interfaces, and for introducing and executing project
modifications. The Buyer shall be given access to this system.
3
39
The Contractor shall maintain a program documentation center which will be
the focal point for the identification, release and control of all program data
and documents. The center will be open to use by ORBCOMM Global and shall have
at its disposal effective and reliable means for reproduction, storage,
retrieval and distribution of documents and drawings.
3.2.2 CONFIGURATION/DATA MANAGEMENT PLAN (A002)
The Contractor shall describe its documentation and data control system in
a Configuration/Data Management Plan. The Data Management Plan shall contain
detailed descriptions of the following:
(a) the documentation of data identification system used;
(b) the format in which each type of document or data shall be submitted;
(c) the Contractor's procedures and flow times for review, sign-off and
release of documents and data internally and with the Subcontractors,
where applicable;
(d) the proposed configuration of the system;
(e) the procedures by which ORBCOMM Global would access and obtain release
of documents or data relating to work performed under this Contract;
(f) the long-term retention scheme; and
(g) software configuration and version control.
3.2.3 DOCUMENTATION SUBMISSION CRITERIA
ORBCOMM Global shall evaluate the Contractor's documentation, to be
submitted in accordance with the Documents Requirements List of Appendix 4, to
ensure that the Contractor has interpreted the requirements correctly.
Contractually deliverable documents shall be classified in one of the following
categories according to the classification contained in Appendix 4:
(a) For Approval: This category includes documents that require formal
approval in writing from ORBCOMM Global before acceptance or intended
use. A signature block to ORBCOMM Global approval shall be included on
the document. The use by the Contractor of a document in the "for
approval" category before ORBCOMM Global's written approval is at the
Contractor's risk. ORBCOMM Global shall approve the document or ask
for resubmission within fourteen (14) calendar days of its receipt. If
not approved, ORBCOMM Global shall notify the Contractor of those
parts of the document which cannot be approved, together with the
reasons and instructions concerning re-submission of the document. If
none of the above responses are received within the 14 days, the
document is approved. Any material changes to an approved document are
subject to this same approval procedure for the changes.
(b) For Information: This category includes routine documentation to be
evaluated by ORBCOMM Global to determine current program status,
progress and future planning. "For Information" documents should be
sent to ORBCOMM Global as soon as they are available. A formal
response by ORBCOMM Global is not required, but ORBCOMM Global may
make comments.
3.2.4 REVISION AND MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTATION
Revisions and re-submissions to any contractually deliverable document
shall be subject to the same submission criteria as applied to the initial
release of that document. The Contractor
4
40
shall maintain a document index to provide a regularly updated record of valid
documents, and their revision and issue dates.
3.3 MEETINGS
3.3.1 PROGRAM REVIEWS (E008)
The Contractor shall organize a Program Review meeting at which the
following topics will be discussed:
(a) Program Status
(b) Action Item Review
(c) Schedules
(d) Planning
(e) Major Technical Problem Areas
(f) Major Risks
(g) Major Tasks (past and upcoming)
(h) Product Assurance
(i) Contractual Issues
(j) Significant Actions/Changes from the Configuration Change Board
These meetings shall be held every month initially, but the frequency may
be revised later by mutual agreement.
3.3.2 SUBCONTRACTOR PROGRESS MEETINGS (E009)
The Contractor shall organize and chair regular progress meetings with the
major Subcontractors, at which ORBCOMM Global representatives shall be invited
to attend. At the request of ORBCOMM Global or the Contractor, other meetings
may be organized at an appropriate venue, including Subcontractors' locations,
in order to exchange information or review and resolve problems, to ensure the
satisfactory execution of the work. Such meetings shall be chaired by the
Contractor. Normally, ORBCOMM Global shall be informed in advance of
Contractor/Subcontractor meetings to permit representatives to be sent.
3.3.3 AGENDA COORDINATION PROCEDURE (A007)
Three (3) working days before each Program Review, the Contractor shall
deliver the proposed agenda describing major points of discussion. The agenda
may be confirmed or modified by ORBCOMM Global. The three working days notice
may, if necessary, be reduced for ad-hoc meetings.
3.3.4 MINUTES/ACTION ITEMS (A008)
For each Program Review, minutes shall be prepared jointly by the
Contractor and ORBCOMM Global, and distributed to ORBCOMM Global
representative(s).
Meeting actions with contractual implications shall be processed by
issuing a Contract Change Request or Change Notice, whichever is applicable.
Minutes of meeting shall contain:
(a) a front sheet identifying the meeting, date, venue and participants
(b) a brief summary of the discussions on major problem areas, as
necessary
(c) conclusions, with reasons for disagreements
5
41
(d) a list of actions (open, new and closed), properly coded, actionees
assigned, and due date
(e) copies of technical notes, view graphs, drawings, etc., as
appropriate.
3.4 ACTION ITEM CONTROL
3.4.1 ACTION ITEM LIST (A011)
The Contractor shall be responsible for creating an Action Item List, to
be statused at each review. Each action item shall contain the following
information:
(a) an unique reference number,
(b) a brief title,
(c) a brief description,
(d) a due date and latest status,
(e) the actionee (including the firm's name),
(f) the initiator (including the firm's name), and
(g) for closed actions a brief description of the outcome.
3.5 WAIVERS AND DEVIATIONS (A004)
If, during the execution of the contract, the Contractor desires to depart
from the requirements in the contract for a specified item or a limited number
of items, a Request for Waiver or a Request for Deviation, whichever is
applicable, shall be submitted for ORBCOMM Global's approval.
A Waiver is a written authorization to accept an item of equipment which
is found to depart from specified requirements but is nevertheless considered
suitable for use "as is" or after rework by an appropriate method.
A Deviation is a specified written authorization, granted prior to the
manufacture of an item of equipment, to depart from a particular performance or
design requirement for a specified number of items or specified period of time.
ORBCOMM Global shall endeavor to notify its acceptance or rejection of the
Waiver or Deviation notification within fifteen (15) calendar days of the
submittal. In cases where it is not possible to respond in 15 days, ORBCOMM
Global shall provide an estimated deadline for dispositioning. System Level Test
can proceed during the Approval Process.
ORBCOMM Global may require an offer of price reduction as a consideration
for approval of the Waiver or Deviation on a case by case basis.
3.6 PROGRAM PLANNING AND STATUS INFORMATION
The Contractor shall make program planning and status information readily
available to ORBCOMM Global, both in hard copy and electronically. Such data
shall include:
(a) Contract Work Breakdown Structure,
(b) Work Package Descriptions (WBS Dictionary), and
(c) Schedule Charts.
6
42
3.6.1 CONTRACT WORK BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE (Part of A001)
The Contractor shall provide a Contract Work Breakdown Structure (CWBS)
without cost or price data, which systematically defines the total program in
such a way that all elements have the proper relation to each other and no
element is overlooked.
The CWBS shall be formally issued for the first time with the Program
Management Plan, and subsequently provided to ORBCOMM Global whenever updated
(updated sections only).
3.6.2 WORK PACKAGE DESCRIPTIONS (WBS DICTIONARY) (A005)
Two (2) months after the start of the contract, the Contractor shall
provide on a one-time basis a set of complete Work Package Descriptions for all
the tasks in the Work Breakdown Structure. The WBS dictionary shall include all
deliverable and non-deliverable items called out in the contract, including
flight equipment from unit level up, and support and test equipment, facilities,
services manuals, reports, etc. It shall also include the major functional tasks
that must be performed to design, manufacture, assemble, test and deliver all
such deliverable items.
Subsequently, updated Work Package Descriptions shall be provided only for
any Work Packages in which significant changes or additions have occurred.
3.6.3 SCHEDULE CHARTS (A006)
The Contractor shall conduct program schedule monitoring and analysis and
provide ORBCOMM Global with schedule charts to assist in the planning and
preparation of critical program events and for progress evaluation. The schedule
charts shall be issued for the first time in hard copy at PDR and subsequently
updated monthly to reflect current progress, and provided to ORBCOMM Global
monthly. Included in the schedule chart package shall be a critical path
analysis.
3.7 PROGRAM MONITORING AND NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
3.7.1 ORBCOMM GLOBAL APPOINTED RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVES
ORBCOMM Global may appoint resident representatives for the purpose of
monitoring the program activities at the facilities of the Contractor. Resident
representatives shall have access to and may inspect work in progress, as well
as associated facilities and documentation at any reasonable time, in accordance
with the Contract Terms and Conditions and applicable Contractor security
procedures.
3.7.2 OFFICE ACCOMMODATION AND FACILITIES
The Contractor shall provide adequate office space and facilities to
accommodate the ORBCOMM Global resident representatives. The facilities provided
shall include offices, meeting rooms, desks, chairs, an adequate level of office
supplies, convenient access to a photocopier and a facsimile terminal, telephone
services, typing and word processing support, car parking spaces, as well as the
necessary passes required to gain access to the Contractor's premises.
3.7.3 ATTENDANCE AT MEETINGS
ORBCOMM Global resident representatives and ORBCOMM Global project staff
shall be afforded the opportunity to participate in regular progress meetings
between the Contractor and
7
43
its subcontractors, as well as other meetings on technical and schedule matters.
Agendas for such meetings where commercial issues will also be discussed should
be structured to allow ORBCOMM Global's participation in the technical and
schedule part of the meeting.
3.7.4 ORBCOMM GLOBAL'S PRESENCE DURING DEVELOPMENT, QUALIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE
TESTS
ORBCOMM Global intends to have representatives witnessing selected tests
at the Contractor's and Subcontractors' premises. They shall have access to test
results and shall be free to attend the preparations for tests and the test
evaluation, as provided in the Contract.
3.7.5 ORBCOMM GLOBAL'S PRESENCE AT THE LAUNCH SITE
Launch site facilities for ORBCOMM Global representatives shall be
provided on a "best effort" basis.
3.8 ORBCOMM GLOBAL, CONTRACTOR SATELLITE SOFTWARE INTERFACE
The ORBCOMM Global Satellite Network Software and the Contractor-supplied
satellite bus software and operating system must operate compatibly under all
conditions of communications traffic loading and appropriate satellite
operational modes. The following process will be followed to ensure compatible
operation:
(a) The Contractor shall plan for sufficient time in the EDU and Qual
satellite schedules to permit the integration and debugging of the
operating system, the satellite bus software and the ORBCOMM Global
Satellite Network Software by a joint team made up of ORBCOMM Global
and Contractor software personnel.
(b) The Contractor shall supply ORBCOMM Global with a satellite CPU test
fixture. This test fixture shall emulate the satellite CPUs and
operating system and shall permit ORBCOMM Global to debug the
Satellite Network Software prior to porting it to a satellite.
(c) The Contractor shall allocate sufficient resources, in terms of floor
space, computer station and terminals, to permit the integration and
debugging of the operating system, the satellite bus software and the
ORBCOMM Global applications software by a joint team of ORBCOMM
Global and Contractor software personnel.
(d) A software ICD (B025) will be written for the Satellite Network
Software by ORBCOMM Global in conjunction with the Contractor. The
ICD will detail all of the resources necessary to run the application
software including, but not limited to; CPU loading, memory
requirements, data bus throughput rates, system calls used, the
expected response from system calls.
(e) Monthly meetings will be held between the ORBCOMM Global and
Contractor software teams and their direct management staff, as
appropriate, to discuss the development and integration of the
software, in terms of:
- progress to date
- problems discovered and their possible resolution
- code walk through of both bus software and Satellite
Network Software
- changes or interpretation relating to the ICD
8
44
Agendas for the monthly meeting will be distributed at least two
working days prior to the meetings. The meetings will be alternately
chaired by ORBCOMM Global and the Contractor with the chairman
producing the agenda.
(f) Both the Contractor and ORBCOMM Global shall allocate sufficient
human resources to the satellite software to reduce the probability
of single point failures.
3.9 SUBSCRIBER TERMINAL PHYSICAL LAYER TO SATELLITE ICD (B026)
To ensure compatibility between the spacecraft and the subscriber
terminals, ORBCOMM Global and Contractor shall develop an ICD to govern the
interaction between the relevant transmitters and receivers.
This ICD shall define all relevant modulation parameters including without
limitation: implementation of modulation, filtering, transmission formats and
any specific requirements associated with frequency measurement required for
doppler frequency measurements for geolocation calculations.
4. DESIGN ACTIVITIES
4.1 GENERAL
The Contractor is responsible for performing all design activities in the
program including
(a) planning and executing of a series of design reviews and
(b) preparation of design analysis and study reports
4.2 DESIGN REVIEWS
The program shall incorporate two principal design reviews: Preliminary
(PDR) and Critical (CDR). Each design review held for a particular equipment,
subsystem and system shall represent the completion of a stage in the overall
development and qualification process of that equipment, subsystem or system and
shall act as decision gate before proceeding to the next phase.
Where subsystems or equipment require substantial software development,
reviews of the software development status at PDR and CDR shall be held.
A total of five (5) reviews Technical Interchange Meetings (XXXx) will be
held at ORBCOMM Global's discretion. A copy of the review material and a copy of
the applicable design drawings shall be provided to ORBCOMM Global as a Design
Review Data Package five (5) working days prior to the review.
4.2.1 SPACECRAFT SYSTEM DESIGN REVIEW
The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and conducting
Preliminary and Critical Design Reviews at spacecraft system level.
The Chairperson and the supporting review board members shall be selected
by the Contractor, except that three members of the review board shall be
ORBCOMM Global representatives appointed by ORBCOMM Global. The review board
shall also include at least two suitably qualified Contractor staff members not
regularly assigned to the ORBCOMM Global program.
9
45
The purpose of the review board is to ensure that all review requirements
are met. In general, these requirements are defined in the various sections of
the Statement of Work. The representatives appointed by ORBCOMM Global may
include ORBCOMM Global's consultants. ORBCOMM Global may elect not to be present
at some review meetings. This in no way should alter the thoroughness of the
process.
Specific review procedures shall be determined by agreement between
ORBCOMM Global and the Contractor based upon the specific content and objective
of each review.
For system level design reviews, the general procedure shall be the
following:
(a) Contractor shall deliver the review data package to ORBCOMM Global
five (5) business days prior to the review,
(b) ORBCOMM Global shall summarize any objection in the form of a review
item discrepancy (RID) which shall be delivered to the Contractor no
later than three (3) business days prior to review,
(c) Contractor shall provide written responses to all RIDs no later than
one (1) business day before the review meeting,
(d) Contractor shall present the data review package and all RIDs.
Additional RIDs can be generated by ORBCOMM Global during and after
the review.
(e) if required, panel meetings can be convened to discuss subsystem,
system or RID topics,
(f) the review board shall convene after the presentation and panel
meetings to state conclusions and recommendations,
(g) to the mutual consensus of both parties, the review board shall
identify within three (3) business days action items that must be
completed before the review can be considered completed.
4.2.1.1 SYSTEM PRELIMINARY DESIGN REVIEW (E010)
The purpose of the system PDR is to establish the compatibility of
external and internal interfaces and the compliance of the design with contract
requirements. The selected design concept and its feasibility will be presented,
together with the trade-off analyses performed in the design selection process.
Partitioning of system requirements into subsystem and equipment requirements
must be provided at the review.
Completion of the system PDR establishes the initial design baseline and
permits the detailed design to proceed with minimum risk of major changes being
required later.
Topics that will be addressed in detail in the PDR must include, as a
minimum, the following:
(1) The development of the derived specifications from the satellite
specification and the margins that have been incorporated into the
derived specifications
(2) Compliance Matrix
(3) Preliminary System/Subsystem Design vis-a-vis derived specifications
(4) Communications Subsystem Block/Level Diagram
(5) Diplexer/Filter specifications and design
(6) Receiver Frequency Plans
(7) Transmitter Frequency Plans
(8) Status of the Antenna Development Effort
10
46
(9) Demonstration of Satellite Reliability Calculations and presentation
of the Reliability Improvement Plan
(10) Parts Screening
(11) Review of the Verification and Test Plan including the following
topics:
o Environmental Tests
o Communication Tests
o EMC Test
o Grounding Approach
o In-orbit Test (IOT) Plan
o Ionizing Radiation Resistance
o Software Verification Plan
o Software Interface
o Intermodulation Tests
(12) GPS Approach
(13) System Test Approach
(14) Assembly, Integration and Test Process
(15) Contractor-provided Satellite Software Review
(16) ORBCOMM Global shall present a review of the Network Control Center,
Gateway Earth Station, Subscriber Terminals, and ORBCOMM Global
supplied Satellite Network Software
4.2.1.2 SYSTEM CRITICAL DESIGN REVIEW (E011)
The purpose of the system CDR is to verify the compatibility of subsystem
or system interfaces and the compliance of the final spacecraft design with the
design and performance established at the system PDR, based on engineering model
tests, design studies and analyses.
The review further establishes the adequacy of plans and preparations for
integration, test, launch and operation of the satellite. At the completion of
the system CDR, the baseline design shall be frozen. Design changes after CDR
shall be documented and presented at each monthly program review.
Topics that will be addressed in detail, in the CDR, must include, as a
minimum, the following:
(1) The development of the derived specifications from the satellite
specification and the margins that have been incorporated into the
derived specifications
(2) Compliance Matrix
(3) System/Subsystem Design vis-a-vis derived specifications
(4) Communications Subsystem Block/Level Diagram
(5) Status of the Antenna Development Effort
(6) Status of Automatic Test Equipment Development Plan
(7) Re-demonstration of Satellite Reliability Calculations(1) and
results of reliability improvement efforts.
(8) Review of the Verification and Test Plan including the following
topics:
-----------------
(1) The five-year life-time requirement will be calculated excluding GPS, which
will be evaluated in a separate calculation
11
47
o Results of any parts radiation dosage tests
o Final Communication Tests
o Final EMC Test
o Final Grounding Approach
o Software Verification Plan
o Final Software Interface
o Automatic Test Equipment Development
o Launch Plan
o Intermodulation Test
o In-orbit Test Plan
(9) Assembly, Integration and Test Process
(10) Satellite Software Review
(11) ORBCOMM Global shall present a review for the Network Control
Center, Gateway Earth Station, and ORBCOMM Global supplied
Spacecraft Software
4.2.1.3 SCC CRITICAL DESIGN REVIEW
If it is not part of the System CDR, a separate SCC CDR will be held. The
purpose of the SCC CDR is to allow the Contractor to formally satisfy ORBCOMM
Global on the final design of the SCC system and functional software when the
detail design is complete. It verifies the compatibility of SCC interfaces and
the compliance of the final screen and software design with the design and
performance established at the system PDR, based on engineering tests, design
studies and analyses. At the completion of the SCC CDR, the SCC software design
shall be frozen.
4.3 DESIGN, ANALYSIS, DRAWINGS, STUDY REPORTS AND TEST PLANS
4.3.1 DESIGN DESCRIPTIONS
The Contractor shall perform comprehensive analyses and studies which
shall demonstrate the integrity of the spacecraft and conformance to its
specifications, including interface specifications. Margins shall be verified
and quantified for all modes of operations and environmental exposures from
fabrication and tests on the ground through the end of orbit lifetime. Analyses
and studies which have been conducted previously may be provided to cover
equipment and subsystems which have been developed and qualified for previous
programs, and which, therefore, do not require re-qualification for this
program. However, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing an adequate
technical rationale to support claims of prior qualification or qualification by
similarity with reference to the ORBCOMM Global technical requirements.
The design analyses and studies shall address the following topics:
(a) Definition of the functional, performance, interface, and
environmental specifications for the equipment, resulting from the
top-down partitioning of the spacecraft specifications and from
interactions between the various units and subsystems or interfaces.
Traceability of requirements from one level to the next must be
clear.
(b) Design description and justification, at equipment, subsystem and
system level. The justification of the proposed design shall be
based on analyses and studies in all
12
48
appropriate disciplines. This includes reliability, electrical,
mechanical, thermal, materials, and radiation environment. The
analyses shall be supported by the results of appropriate breadboard
or engineering model tests.
(c) Test plans as defined in Section 6.3 of this Statement of Work.
Sufficient details shall be provided to allow verification of all analyses
and studies. In addition, the Contractor shall provide in the documentation any
explanatory text, drawings, references or any other material which may be useful
in the review of the information provided.
Design analyses, drawings and study reports shall be updated by the
Contractor as new information becomes available during the contact period, and
made available to ORBCOMM Global as issued. The report on the updated analysis
shall describe any differences from the original report and all such changes
shall be clearly marked by underlining, sidelining, italics, etc. The source of
each item in the analysis, engineering estimate, analysis, test, etc. shall be
shown where appropriate. For those analyses which are subject to verification by
test, the analyses shall be repeated for the test condition to provide
predictions and shall be updated as a result of test findings.
The general design analyses and study report requirements set forth in
this section shall have precedence over the detailed description of design
analysis requirements presented in subsequent sections. The detailed design
analyses requirements illustrate the typical scope of what is anticipated to be
included. Nevertheless, any additional analysis determined to be necessary to
satisfy these general requirements shall be considered to be within scope.
4.3.2 ANALYSIS AT SPACECRAFT SYSTEM LEVEL
Design descriptions shall be provided for the spacecraft, and for each
subsystem and equipment. At spacecraft level, the design description shall
address the satellite design from an overall system level. This shall include
the major satellite subsystem trade-offs (if any), the overall satellite
configurations (mechanical and electrical), the satellite interfaces, and the
status of all design changes. The interfaces shall include those of the launch
vehicles, telemetry and command lists, mission analyses with budgets, and the
satellite environments (vibration and shock, thermal constraints, radiation
survivability, etc.). The inter-relationships of the various subsystems are also
to be addressed in the form of DC power summary profiles, mass properties,
thermal control, equipment layouts, integration sequence, system block diagrams,
electromagnetic compatibility, electrical interface control, and environmental
effects (radiation and charging) requirements. The content of design
descriptions for subsystems and equipment shall be similar to that of the
spacecraft design description.
The following defines the minimum requirements for spacecraft system level
analyses to be performed by the Contractor. These analyses shall be documented
in the spacecraft system design description, and submitted in accordance with
the Documentation Requirement List of Appendix 4.
4.3.2.1 STRESS AND DYNAMIC ANALYSIS (B003)
A stress and dynamic analysis shall be performed for the various dynamic
conditions that occur during the different mission phases with emphasis on the
possible incursion into the dynamic envelope of the Pegasus launch vehicle.
13
49
4.3.2.2 ATTITUDE DETERMINATION AND CONTROL SUBSYSTEM ANALYSIS (B017)
An analysis of the attitude determination and control subsystem shall be
performed by the Contractor which reflects the dynamic conditions during all
mission phases and in the presence of all anticipated disturbances. This
analysis shall include the following factors:
(a) effects of all disturbing torques
(b) effects of thermal distortion and any other fixture of non-rigid
structure elements resulting in unbalance and misalignment
(c) effects of solar and lunar illumination of reference sensors
including illumination from reflective surfaces
(d) effects of temporary interruptions or deficiencies in electrical
power
(e) effects of thruster activation, including variations in impulse,
thruster misalignment, differences in thrust levels
(f) processor characteristics
(g) effects of sensor misalignment, actuator and processing noise sensor
performance degradation due to out gassing products contamination
(h) mode-to-mode transitions
Simulation results shall be accompanied by a clear itemization of assumed
configuration and performances.
This analysis shall consider all foreseeable back-up modes of attitude
measurement and attitude control and the possible impact on spacecraft
performance.
It shall be shown with a sensitivity analysis that the attitude
determination and control subsystem can maintain the required attitude and
pointing accuracy during all mission phases.
The analysis shall also assess abnormal and degraded mode operation, large
attitude dynamics, loss of sensor data, and the effects of temporary
interruptions or deficiencies in electrical power and of failures in the control
electronics or actuators.
4.3.2.3 PROPULSION SUBSYSTEM ANALYSIS (B018)
The Contractor shall analyze the propellant requirements of the spacecraft
for all phases of the mission. The budget shall be expressed in terms of the
sequence of events established in the mission analysis.
The budget shall include qualities for launcher dispersion at 3-sigma
level, contingency margin, thruster misalignment, thruster efficiency losses,
3-sigma specific impulse measurement error, subsystem residuals, leakage, and
dispersions.
It shall address all operational modes, including 3 sigma launch vehicle
dispersions, of the propulsion subsystem. The propellant budget shall also take
into account performance as a function of starts, burn time for continuous
xxxxx, end of burn cycles and number of pulses.
The analysis shall be updated for the spacecraft system design reviews.
4.3.2.4 MASS PROPERTIES (B004)
The Contractor shall maintain a mass budget and a mass properties
analysis. The mass budget shall include a detailed and up-to-date listing of the
mass of each spacecraft unit. The mass properties analysis shall also include
the units, their relative locations and their
14
50
contributions to the space craft center of mass location, and moment of inertia
matrix. The mass budget shall include an appropriate mass margin for
contingency, to be monitored during the program. The analysis shall be performed
for all mission phases and for all applicable launch vehicles.
The mass budget shall be updated for each Program Review. The mass
properties analysis shall be updated for each spacecraft system design review.
4.3.2.5 DC POWER BUDGET ANALYSIS (B005)
The Contractor shall perform a DC power budget analysis for all critical
phases of spacecraft life including the beginning and end of design life,
emergency and contingency modes, and launch conditions. The analysis shall also
address the individual bus loading and all configurations and operational modes
which cause the extreme power requirements. This analysis shall be updated for
each Program Review and the spacecraft system design reviews.
4.3.2.6 RELIABILITY ANALYSIS AND TEST PLAN (C002)
The reliability of the individual satellites shall be determined through a
combination of calculations, involving rated parts and screening of commercial
parts.
4.3.2.7 MISSION ANALYSIS (B006)
The Contractor shall conduct a mission analysis. The results of this
analysis shall be used to define a detailed sequence of events with time line
for all launch, start and stop drift maneuvers and to verify the adequacy of the
overall system design. The mission analysis shall take into account the
variables available to the Contractor and shall include the trade-off studies
necessary to demonstrate that the spacecraft design and method of operation meet
requirements. The trade-off studies shall accurately reflect the characteristics
of all spacecraft subsystems during all modes of operation in terms of both
their nominal and dispersed operational characteristics. The analysis shall
include, at a minimum, details of the following:
(a) a launch window analysis, with details of launch window constraints
and conformance of the resulting launch windows.
(b) definition of orbital maneuvers as a function of time
(c) definition of attitude maneuvers as a function of time considering the
characteristics of the attitude determination and control subsystem
during the initial orbit, repositioning, or normal operational mode
(d) verification that the mission can be safely accomplished with the
ground resources that have been specified by ORBCOMM Global.
4.3.2.8 GROUNDING GUIDELINE (B007)
A grounding guideline shall be developed and followed for the satellites.
4.3.2.9 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) ANALYSIS AND TEST PLAN (B008)
The Contractor shall define the EMC specification to which all the
spacecraft equipment must comply and perform analyses to demonstrate that the
satellite design shall adequately cope with radiated and/or conducted emissions
and susceptibility. An Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) test plan shall be
developed and implemented for the spacecraft. ORBCOMM Global
15
51
shall have the right to monitor any tests based on this plan. ORBCOMM Global
shall have full access to the test data and test reports.
4.3.2.10 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS ANALYSIS (B009)
The Contractor shall analyze the effects of the environmental exposures
that the spacecraft shall experience prior to launch, during launch, up to
placement in orbit and throughout its operational life in-orbit. These analyses
shall include:
(a) Radiation Effects Analysis - A Single event upsets (SEUs) and single
event latch-ups (SELs) protection plan shall be developed and
implemented for the satellites. The objective of the plan shall be
to define:
(i) the expected radiation environment, nominal and extreme cases;
(ii) the characteristics of the CPUs, digital logic and memory
chips that shall reduce or eliminate single event upset (SEUs)
or single event latch-ups (SELs) and/or
(iii) the necessary tests that shall have to be carried out to
screen parts for use on the satellites.
Parts chosen for use on the satellites shall be selected in accordance with
this plan.
4.3.2.11 GPS ANTENNA PLACEMENT/EPHEMERIS PROPAGATION ANALYSIS (B010)
The GPS Antenna Placement/Ephemeris Propagation Analysis shall include the
following topics:
(a) Results of a tradeoff analysis concerning the accuracy of the
ephemeris information to be provided to the subscriber equipment and
addressing: the expected rate of GPS updates; the accuracy of the
position and velocity fixes; the GPS PDOP and GDOP as a function of
the number and placement of GPS antennas on the satellite, and the
use of Kalman or other data smoothing techniques, applied to GPS and
the propagation of state vectors.
(b) Results of a trade study addressing the accuracy of the satellite's
state vector that is transmitted down to the subscriber unit versus
the complexity of the software models and necessary filter to
maintain that accuracy for several different propagation times (up
to 12 hours). The results from (a) above, shall feed into which
propagation times are of interest.
4.3.2.12 AUTONOMOUS COMMANDS ANALYSIS (B016)
Autonomous commands used on the spacecraft shall be identified by function
and circumstances of use. The method of ground disabling and overriding shall be
given. This list shall be kept current throughout the program.
4.3.2.13 THERMAL CONTROL SUBSYSTEM ANALYSIS (B013)
The Contractor shall perform a comprehensive thermal control subsystem
design analysis for all spacecraft modes of operation, including as a minimum;
prelaunch, launch, deployment sequences, beginning and end of life maximum and
minimum solar beta angle cases, including eclipse transient conditions. Design
cases shall include thermal-optical performance degradation of thermal control
surfaces and the full range of specified payload and ACS operating modes.
16
52
4.3.2.14 STRUCTURE SUBSYSTEM ANALYSIS (B014)
The Contractor shall perform analyses of the spacecraft structure
subsystem in which all major structural elements, including antennas, are
investigated. Attention shall be given to demonstrating the ability of critical
structure elements to maintain the required dimensional stability with the
specified margins, as well as to perform adequately when subjected to the
anticipated loading conditions. The compatibility of the structurally critical
elements with the launch system shall be demonstrated.
4.3.2.15 MECHANISMS ANALYSIS (FOR NEW DESIGNS ONLY) (B019)
The Contractor shall perform analysis of the mechanisms subsystem.
Structural design of each moving mechanical assembly shall be based upon the
anticipated loading conditions, stress analysis, fatigue analysis, and the test
program. The stress analysis shall include considerations of structural
stiffness, elastic or plastic deformations, and thermal distortions. The design
shall possess sufficient strength, rigidity, and other necessary characteristics
required to survive all loads and environmental; conditions that exist within
the envelope of mission requirements.
The analyses shall include the following:
(a) torque force margins relative to the worst case on-orbit
requirements, including thermal effects, aging, mechanics
misalignments, manufacturing tolerances, minimum electrical
power and end-of-life wear
(b) deployment times for deployable appendages
(c) the natural frequencies for the major modes of the deployable
appendages
(d) the bearing stress calculations
(e) the lubricants used and their operating and non-operating
temperatures considerations
(f) life test data
(g) bearing cage stability margins, and
(h) margins on latch-up loads, taking into account flexibility of
the deployable appendages.
4.3.2.16 SATELLITE COMPUTER CAPACITY ANALYSIS (B024)
The Contractor shall study the overall capacity of the CPUs selected for
use on the satellite; the CPU loading caused by the selected operating system,
and the interface requirements for the ORBCOMM Global Satellite Network
Software. The study shall compare the CPU processing power available for use by
ORBCOMM Global Satellite Network Software with the data traffic specifications.
4.3.2.17 ELECTRICAL POWER SUBSYSTEM ANALYSIS (B015)
This analysis to be provided by the spacecraft Contractor shall include
the following:
(a) a detailed description of the power subsystem with power required by
each spacecraft unit, in each of the possible modes of operation
over the full range of bus-voltage. Whenever possible, measured
values shall be used.
(b) estimates of solar array voltage-current characteristics at all
critical conditions, including launch, post-deployment, beginning
and end of design life, over all expected temperatures. Measured
data obtained from solar cell string and solar array system tests
shall be incorporated as early as possible and be combined with the
space radiation
17
53
environment specified in the current prediction of the Subcontractor
for the environment. The types of degradation effects and the rates
and method employed for calculating the power output shall be
clearly defined and reviewed. In the design review data packages the
Contractor shall describe the procedure used for calculating the
solar array output and the margins under critical conditions.
(c) power profile showing daily, seasonal, and lifetime variations in
the current and voltage requirements and the availability of power
from the subsystem during all phases of the spacecraft mission.
(d) battery orbital operating conditions, battery management plans
including charge control, times, temperature effects, and other data
required to adequately support the battery design selected. In
particular, the Contractor shall analyze and recommend an operating
mode which requires less than full power during eclipse conditions
and consequently reduced depth of discharge.
(e) electric power conditioning system including normal operation,
redundancy design approach, transients, regulation, ripple,
grounding philosophy, and other data needed to fully define all
normal and emergency operating modes of the system.
(f) captive carry, launch and deployment phase power analysis, and
(g) analysis (and test as appropriate) to demonstrate that shadowing and
hot spot failure modes have been accounted for in the design.
4.3.2.18 COMMUNICATION SUBSYSTEM ANALYSIS (B011)
This analysis shall demonstrate compliance with all direct and derived
communication subsystem specifications including, as a minimum:
o that the transmitted signal from any transmitter fed back into any
other transmitter, at the expected level of a flight satellite, with a
conservative margin, shall not cause subsystem or parts degradation;
o that neither the interference described in the Satellite Specification
nor a satellite transmitter shall overload any receiver chain
(specifically the LNAs, mixers and any other active receiver
component);
o that the spurious response and selectivity of the Gateway and
Subscriber receivers shall be within specification.
The Communication subsystem analysis shall also include the use of the EDU
or QualUnit to determine the implementation loss associated with operating with
the existing Subscriber Terminal receivers, to be supplied by ORBCOMM Global.
The Contractor, in conjunction with ORBCOMM Global, shall optimize the
Subscriber Terminal implementation loss and the transmitted spectrum. ORBCOMM
Global shall specify the final values of those software transmitter parameters
which may be varied in the optimization. If selection of these parameters causes
some of the Subscriber Transmitter specifications to be violated, ORBCOMM Global
will issue an automatic waiver.
4.3.2.19 SPACECRAFT DERIVED REQUIREMENTS MATRIX DOCUMENT (B001)
The Contractor shall create a verification matrix to track compliance with
requirements levied upon the spacecraft. This matrix shall include direct
requirements from the system specification, derived requirements, applicable ICD
requirements, and any applicable
18
54
requirements from the Statement of Work (SOW). The matrix shall indicate, at a
minimum, where and how compliance is verified for each requirement, the source
of the requirement, and the associated subsystem(s). It shall also track and
describe the nature of non-compliance. The matrix shall reside in a database
application that allows sorts on different fields and can generate printed
reports.
4.4 TESTING
Each satellite shall be tested in accordance with the Verification and
Test Plan.
4.4.1 ENVIRONMENTAL TESTS
The satellites environmental testing shall be based upon Mil Standard
1540B, as modified appropriately for the launch vehicle environment and other
considerations, including the number of satellites and previous test history.
Testing of satellites later in the production run may be simplified in
accordance with the Verification and Test Plan.
4.4.2 COMMUNICATION TESTS
All communications subsystems' receivers shall be tested for sensitivity
and interference rejection. The TDMA/QPSK Gateway modulation format shall be
verified and the implementation loss measured for both the Gateway receiver and
transmitter. The SDPSK-burst Subscriber Receiver acquire/communicate and
reservation modes shall be tested to determine the implementation loss and
degradation with frequency offset. The Subscriber transmitter shall be tested
for SDPSK format and implementation loss. Test procedures shall be written for
each of these communication system tests. ORBCOMM Global shall have the right to
comment on these test plans and to monitor the tests. ORBCOMM Global shall have
full access to the test data and test reports.
4.4.3 SYSTEM VALIDATION TEST PLAN (D007)
A System Validation Test Plan shall be provided for approval by ORBCOMM
Global. The object of this test is to exercise the complete satellite system,
including all the Contractor and ORBCOMM Global Satellite Network Software
operating in a fully functioning satellite. This test is considered part of the
qualification program; however, the EDU satellite may be used for portions of
the actual test. All satellite system hardware shall be incorporated in the
vehicle for the test and all subsystems shall be operating.
4.4.4 SATELLITE IN-ORBIT TEST (IOT) PLAN (D006)
An In-Orbit Test Plan shall be delivered to ORBCOMM Global for approval
defining the extent of testing to be done in-orbit and which satellite
specification requirements shall be verified during the IOT. The IOT shall be
conducted with ORBCOMM Global in attendance. The test results shall be
documented.
4.5 SPACECRAFT TELEMETRY INTERFACE CONTROL DOCUMENTATION (B023)
A Telemetry and Command ICD shall be prepared and submitted to ORBCOMM
Global.
19
55
5. PRODUCT ASSURANCE ACTIVITIES
5.1 PRODUCT ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS (C001)
The Contractor shall establish and implement a Product Assurance program
and plan. The Product Assurance Plan describes the policies, controls and
procedures which shall be implemented by the Contractor to ensure that program
objectives are successfully met. Changes to the Product Assurance Plan shall be
subject to negotiation and agreement by ORBCOMM Global prior to implementation.
5.2 PRODUCT ASSURANCE REVIEWS
The Contractor shall implement the necessary review system to ensure
coordination of Product Assurance activities with other disciplines. ORBCOMM
Global shall be entitled to participate in these reviews.
5.3 PRODUCT ASSURANCE DOCUMENTATION AND ANALYSES
The Contractor shall prepare the Product Assurance documents and analyses
including those that are defined in further detail in the following paragraphs:
5.3.1 RELIABILITY ANALYSIS (C002)
The Contractor shall perform reliability analyses. The Reliability
Analysis shall be submitted in accordance with Appendix 4, Documentation
Requirements List.
5.3.2 RELIABILITY IMPROVEMENT PLAN (C008, C009)
The Contractor shall submit a Reliability Improvement Plan at PDR. This
Plan shall:
o Identify those units or sub-systems which have the largest
impact on satellite reliability and life
o Propose plans for improving the reliability of these units
o Identify the resources required in order to meet the plan
o Identify out-of-scope changes which further improve reliability
The Contractor shall devote reasonable efforts to implement the plan and,
on a monthly basis until CDR and quarterly thereafter, update the plan, if
needed, and provide to ORBCOMM Global progress reports.
5.3.3 NON-CONFORMANCE REPORTS (C006)
Non-conformance reports (or equivalent documents used for the purpose of
recording and reporting discrepancies, non-conformances or anomalous
conditions), which arise during system assembly, integration and testing, shall
be recorded and reported according to the provisions of the Product Assurance
Plan.
5.3.4 TEST DISCREPANCY REPORTS (C004)
The Contractor shall maintain an "On-Line" system accessible to ORBCOMM
Global, where all test discrepancy data can be reviewed. The reports shall
contain a description of the failure, the analysis performed, failure causing
mechanism identified and corrective actions implemented.
20
56
5.3.5 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT
A formal Configuration Management system shall be established. The system
shall ensure that all applicable engineering documentation is identified and
controlled. All changes to that documentation shall be reviewed in a systematic
manner to determine the validity and impact of such changes. The system shall
also ensure that all affected organizations and parties shall be cognizant of
the impact of changes and shall participate in the change decision-making
process. The requirements established herein apply to all changes whether
ORBCOMM Global-directed or Contractor-proposed.
The requirements of the Configuration Management system shall be observed
and implemented by all Contractor personnel responsible for the design and
development of flight equipment and software.
5.3.6 END ITEM DATA PACKAGE (C005) (C007)
A single copy of the end-item data package (EIDP) for each completed item
of equipment, subsystem and system hardware shall be made available to ORBCOMM
Global at the time of delivery or transfer of the item. The content of the EIDP
shall be as defined in the Contractor's Product Assurance Plan. A summary of
this EIDP shall be delivered to ORBCOMM Global prior to launch of each plane.
5.3.7 PIECE PART DERATING CRITERIA AND CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY TEST PLAN
The Contractor shall ensure that a part derating and stress analysis
guideline is prepared and followed by the design engineering staff. A copy of
the guideline shall be delivered to ORBCOMM Global at the PDR. This plan shall
include a list of parts exceeding derating requirements.
6. MANUFACTURING, ASSEMBLY, INTEGRATION AND TESTING ACTIVITIES
6.1 GENERAL
The Contractor shall maintain adequate facilities and personnel resources
to sustain manufacturing, assembly, integration, testing, handling and
transportation of ORBCOMM Global hardware at all levels during the course of the
program in compliance with program schedules. The Contractor shall ensure that
the standards of in-house, Subcontractor and supplier manufacturing, assembly,
integration and test activities meet the requirements set forth in the Product
Assurance Plan.
6.2 MANUFACTURING/PRODUCTION REVIEWS
6.2.1 UNIT MANUFACTURING READINESS REVIEW (E014)
A Manufacturing Readiness Review (MRR) shall be held prior to the start of
fabrication or assembly of mutually agreed upon items, such as the Battery
Charge Regulator, Subscriber Transmitter, Subscriber Receiver, Gateway
Transceiver, Antenna(s), Avionics, GPS Receiver, the UHF Transmitter, and the
production Satellites. One purpose of the MRR is to verify the engineering
baseline by reviewing the design, drawings, and engineering requirements to
ensure that the release to manufacturing represents the final and correct
configuration. Special attention
21
57
shall be given to reviewing and validation the "lessons learned" experience from
the manufacture and test of the engineering and qualification models.
A MRR committee consisting of cognizant engineering, manufacturing and
quality assurance personnel, and designated ORBCOMM Global representative(s) is
responsible for determining the readiness to proceed with the fabrication or
assembly/test phase. The committee shall be chaired by the Contractor.
6.2.2 SYSTEM PRODUCTION READINESS REVIEW (E015)
The Contractor shall conduct a System Production Readiness Review. This review
shall take place prior to the start of the spacecraft system level production.
The review shall cover the status of the production facilities and resources
including, without limitation, the following:
o required personnel
o production facilities and assembly line
o test facilities
o procedures and processes
o test automation
o ground support equipment (electrical and mechanical)
o test software
6.3 VERIFICATION AND TEST PLAN (D001)
The Contractor shall perform test activities to verify the compliance of
the equipment with the applicable specifications. The test activities shall be
governed by a comprehensive Test Plan document to be approved at CDR. The Test
Plan shall include development and qualification testing as applicable to the
hardware heritage and life, and acceptance testing at unit, subsystem and system
levels for both hardware and software.
The Test Plan shall address at a minimum:
(a) a detailed test plan encompassing development, qualification, and
acceptance testing at the required unit, subsystem and system levels
(b) unit (and subsystem or system, as applicable) development,
qualification and acceptance test matrices and flow diagrams
organized by subsystem
(c) an engineering development, qualification and flight spacecraft
integration and test plan
(d) a list of hard line test access points required by the test plan
(e) unit, subsystem and system environmental test matrices and test
environment profiles (e.g., temperature versus time, pressure versus
time)
(f) test descriptions in sufficient detail to reveal the test
objectives, test method and passage criteria
(g) ground support equipment, including descriptions, documentation, and
certification
(h) software verification
(i) a description of test facilities to be used by the Contractor and
off-site facilities
(j) a description of test data recording, compilation and test report
preparation and
(k) the Contractor's management practices and procedures for definition
and control of the overall test program.
22
58
6.4 TEST PROCEDURES, DATA AND REPORTS
6.4.1 FIRST ARTICLE SYSTEM TEST PROCEDURES AND REPORTS (D002) (D003)
The "First Article" is the first spacecraft to come off the production
line. For the First Article Only, the Contractor shall submit all system test
procedures and associated test reports to ORBCOMM Global for information. Test
procedures shall be delivered at least one (1) week before start of testing.
Test procedures shall describe the test setup and any variances from flight
standard configuration.
First Article System Test reports shall be provided no later than two (2)
weeks after completion of each test.
6.4.2 TEST DATA (D004)
The Contractor shall provide access to all test data in order that ORBCOMM
Global may evaluate performance during the sequence of tests without delaying
further progress of test. The Contractor shall also ensure that reliable and
accurate test data are available and preserved for subsequent use during
in-orbit testing and operation. To facilitate this process, the Contractor is
required to:
(a) supply pass/fail criteria
(b) provide access to preliminary test data as soon as possible after
the test data is gathered, and
(c) maintain up-to-date and accurate log books
6.5 MANUFACTURING AND TEST READINESS REVIEWS
Test Readiness Reviews (TRR) shall be held by the Contractor before
performing system and subsystem level environmental tests for each spacecraft.
6.5.1 MANUFACTURING PLAN (A012)
The Contractor shall produce a Manufacturing Plan. The plan shall describe
the manufacturing requirements necessary to build the ORBCOMM constellation. The
plan shall include facilities requirements for assembly and test. The component
assembly and tracking process shall be part of the overall manufacturing plan.
The plan shall also include technician training requirements and standard
processes. Quality assurance provisions shall be described in a separate Product
Assurance Plan.
6.5.2 TEST READINESS REVIEWS (TRR)
The purpose of the Test Readiness Reviews is to assess the readiness of
the spacecraft or the subsystem to be tested, as well as the readiness of the
test equipment to support the testing. Test Readiness Reviews shall precede the
start of acceptance tests on First Article spacecraft.
6.5.3 POST TEST REVIEW BOARD (PTRB)
A Post Test Review Board shall convene following major tests of subsystem
and system level testing of the First Article Only for the purposes of examining
the adequacy of the test results, and to define the actions required in response
to any discrepancies encountered during the test. ORBCOMM Global representatives
shall be invited to participate as members of the PTRB and shall be provided a
complete set of data to be reviewed.
23
59
6.5.4 PRELIMINARY ACCEPTANCE AND PRE-SHIPMENT REVIEW
A pre-ship review shall take place at the completion of each plane of
spacecraft prior to shipment or storage. The review shall evaluate the
acceptability and readiness of each of the spacecraft in the plane, associated
Ground Support Equipment and supporting documentation for shipment, based on an
inspection of the spacecraft and the examination of the associated data package.
Completion of this review requires close-out of all verification
activities and any outstanding work or open actions. The review shall not be
considered complete until all discrepancies have been corrected or
dispositioned. Upon successful completion of this review, ORBCOMM Global shall
grant the authorization to ship the spacecraft to the launch or storage site.
6.6 SYSTEM AND MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS INTEGRATION AND TEST NOTIFICATION
An ORBCOMM Global representative may attend integration and test status
meetings. Such meetings shall address the following:
(a) activities completed the previous week and date of completion of
each
(b) problems encountered during the preceding week
(c) pending problems and planned solutions
(d) planned activities for the current week and start dates and
durations for potential problems identified and
(e) changes, if any, in the planning.
6.7 FAILURE NOTIFICATION (C007)
ORBCOMM Global shall have access to an electronic "On-Line" copy of the
status of failures, which the Contractor shall maintain.
6.8 HARDWARE CONTROL SYSTEM
The hardware control system shall be as described in the Manufacturing
Plan. All configuration items shall be uniquely identified.
6.9 TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
The test equipment design shall minimize the risk of damaging spacecraft
equipment. Particular care shall be taken to protect against over-voltage,
over-current and damage in RF front ends and sensors. All mechanical lifting
fixtures and propulsion ground support equipment shall have a valid proof test
certificate whenever used.
6.10 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS
Test Software shall be documented to a level sufficient to maintain it.
Software testing shall be defined in a separate software verification plan. All
system test software shall be written in a high level language/tool (e.g.,
MatLab or Lab View).
7. LAUNCH VEHICLE INTERFACES AND LAUNCH SUPPORT ACTIVITIES
7.1 SCOPE
The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to ensure the
compatibility of the spacecraft design with the launch vehicle and shall provide
the evidence necessary to demonstrate and
24
60
document such compatibility. The Contractor shall prepare each spacecraft for
launch and demonstrate its launch readiness.
7.2 LAUNCH VEHICLE COMPATIBILITY
The ORBCOMM spacecraft shall be compatible with the Pegasus XL vehicle.
The compatibility requirement applies to mechanical and electrical interfaces,
envelope, mass, safety and all other non-environmental aspects associated with
launch. The Contractor shall be responsible for performing all tasks required to
ensure such complete compatibility, including mission and coupled loads
analyses, and to modify the spacecraft design, if necessary.
The Contractor shall be responsible for assuring compliance with launch
vehicle technical, safety, interface and management requirements and shall
prepare all required launch vehicle integration documentation for submission to
the launch vehicle agencies in accordance with user documentation requirements
and schedules established by these organizations.
7.3 LAUNCH SUPPORT ACTIVITIES
7.3.1 PREPARATION AND DEFINITION OF MISSION SUPPORT DOCUMENTS
This section specifies the documentation to be prepared and delivered by
the Contractor or ORBCOMM Global in preparation of orbital operation of the
satellite.
7.3.1.1 OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS HANDBOOK (ORH) (B020)
This document delivered by the Contractor shall provide the technical data
required for operation and control of the spacecraft and the operational
procedures recommended by the Contractor for use by ORBCOMM Global in all modes
of operations.
The technical data required for operation and control of the spacecraft
shall include:
(a) a functional and physical description and theory of operation
including all operating modes of the spacecraft at system and
subsystem levels, and at unit level, as appropriate, rating
characteristics such as power consumption, key performance data,
qualification, survival and operational temperatures, etc.;
(b) telemetry and command lists;
(c) telemetry calibrations, in the form of curves and/or equations for
all analog measurements, in engineering units;
(d) performance characteristics of the various equipment, with
recommended limits in engineering units to be used for monitoring
the spacecraft in its various mode of operation;
(e) description of all relevant areas where each spacecraft differs in
design and construction from prior spacecraft delivered. The
operational consequences and/or limitations which these differences
impose shall be described in detail;
(f) a complete description of all mission phases including operations to
be performed in each phase.
The spacecraft operational procedures recommended by the Contractor for
use by ORBCOMM Global in all modes of operation shall contain information
applicable to all ORBCOMM spacecraft deliverable under the Contract, and shall
have provisions for inclusion of
25
61
supplemental information relating to changes in satellite design and operation.
The following shall be included:
(a) operational constraints including a detailed list, by subsystem, of
all critical operations, conditions and performance limitations;
(b) operational plans for the spacecraft in all operational modes with a
description of recommended subsystem management (such as thermal
control, attitude determination and control, and electrical power
supply). These operational plans shall cover not only the normal
modes of operation, but also the abnormal modes resulting from the
first order that shall be included in the ORH documents; and
(c) telemetry predictions, consisting of plots of the various
significant telemeter parameters versus time corresponding to the
various operational modes in the operational plans.
The Contractor shall also provide, on an on-going basis, monthly written
responses to questions raised on the Operation Requirements Handbook.
The Operations Requirement Handbook shall be written at a level for use by
a competent engineer or technician, to provide for effective operation of the
ORBCOMM Constellation.
7.3.1.2 SPACECRAFT TELEMETRY DATA
The Contractor shall provide in electronic form recorded satellite
telemetry data for each spacecraft in order to allow ORBCOMM Global to validate
control center software and carry out operations rehearsals.
The detailed format and contents of the tapes shall be finalized prior to
PDR but the following three scenarios are expected:
(a) a simple record of command-intensive parts of an integrated system
test of the satellite (2 files);
(b) plausible anomalous situations in orbit (2 files); and
(c) representative portions of satellite activation and checkout
activities (2 files).
7.3.1.3 MISSION MANUAL (B021)
The Mission Manual to be delivered by Contractor shall be based on the
mission analysis study.
The Contractor shall provide details of all critical operations,
conditions and performance limitations.
7.3.1.4 OPERATIONS SUPPORT PLAN (A010)
The Contractor shall provide details of the levels of support provided to
support ORBCOMM Global operations during pre-launch, launch and post-launch.
These shall include support at operations meetings and reviews, review and
approval of flight control procedures, support during launch at the launch site
and early orbit operations services at the control center, support throughout
the on-station life to the satellite control center, support during In-Orbit
Testing (IOT) and updating of operations documentation.
26
62
7.3.1.5 GES-SPACECRAFT INTERFACE DOCUMENT (B022)
The Contractor shall provide a GES-Spacecraft Interface Document (GSID)
which establishes the interface characteristics between the ORBCOMM satellites
and the GES necessary for satellite operations. The document shall include the
following information:
(a) General description of the satellite/ground system interface;
(b) Radio frequency interface characteristics including:
o Downlink characteristics including:
- Antenna performances and coverages
- Modulation characteristics
o Uplink characteristics including:
- Antenna performances and coverages
- Modulation characteristics
(c) Main characteristics and use of TT&C subsystem including:
o On board configuration
o Operational configuration
o Launch configuration
(d) Telemetry format
(e) Command format, structure, protocol, method of command
verification/authentication
(f) Data for mission and orbital analysis software
7.3.2 GROUND CONTROL LIAISON SUPPORT (E012)
The Contractor shall support the activities associated with the overall
on-station control network for the ORBCOMM program by providing the technical
interface support related to the spacecraft. This shall include:
(a) assistance to ORBCOMM Global in technical liaison at design reviews
and operations planning meetings;
(b) support to ORBCOMM Global in the preparation of flight operation
plans and detailed sequence of events defining all operations, with
contingencies, from launch vehicle separation through Earth pointing
acquisition with all appendages deployed;
(c) support during spacecraft/ground control compatibility tests. The
Contractor shall support two successful end-to-end checkouts of a
satellite and ground segment prior to launch to demonstrate the
ability of the ground network to command the spacecraft and display
in engineering units the telemetry data.
7.3.3 SPACECRAFT OPERATIONAL SUPPORT (E013)
The Contractor shall support the execution of orbital operations until the
completion of on-orbit testing. The Contractor shall provide ORBCOMM Global with
the following:
(a) a launch operation and deployment report after each launch giving
all relevant information on the spacecraft during this phase. The
report shall be delivered no later than two (2) months after the
launch
(b) support for initial in-orbit operation. The Contractor shall provide
personnel to assist ORBCOMM Global during the initial in-orbit
operations of each satellite. The Contractor's team shall consist of
senior engineering specialists with experience covering
27
63
all spacecraft subsystems and disciplines including payload, TT&C,
propulsion, thermal, ACS, electrical power and mission analysis
(c) provision of on-orbit performance prediction data
(d) support during in-orbit testing. During this phase the Contractor's
team shall consist primarily of communications subsystem engineers
ORBCOMM Global and the Contractor shall jointly support anomaly
investigations.
8. SHIPPING AND STORAGE
8.1 SPACECRAFT SHIPMENT
The Contractor shall conduct all the tasks related to the packing and
shipping operations of the spacecraft and its test equipment. The Contractor
shall take precautions so that at no time during these operations, the limits
used for the design of the spacecraft are exceeded.
8.2 SPACECRAFT STORAGE
Any spacecraft that has been stored for more than six (6) months after
acceptance testing, through the fault of the Contractor, shall be subjected to a
thorough integrated system testing at ambient conditions prior to delivery.
Should the Contractor be directed by ORBCOMM Global to store any Spacecraft
beyond the contractual delivery date, ORBCOMM Global shall be responsible for
any associated costs.
9. SATELLITE CONTROL CENTER (SCC)
The workstations and software for the Satellite Control Center shall be
upgraded by the Contractor in accordance with the ORBCOMM System Definition;
Spacecraft Subsystem. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing
technical leadership in the development of the control center for the
constellation. The Contractor shall provide the complete listing of telemetry
and command parameters to ORBCOMM Global. Each subsystem shall be responsible
for developing a State-Of-Health (SOH) listing of parameters and development of
a packet structure that would allow for SOH to be performed autonomously by the
SCC equipment. The packet structure will be defined in the telemetry and command
ICD and presented to ORBCOMM Global for approval during the Satellite PDR. Early
reviews of telemetry packaging will be scheduled to allow ORBCOMM Global to
ensure operational capabilities are being addressed.
The Contractor shall be responsible for development of analysis tools used
for trending and out-of-limits verification of the telemetry stream. Analysis
tools will be presented at the CDR. The Contractor shall adhere to the
requirements as described in the Spacecraft Telemetry and Command ICD for
telemetry and command handling.
The Contractor shall provide a SCC Operations handbook which shall
include, at a minimum, definitions of all the control and monitor screens, all
source code utilized, schematics, user guides, graphical guides, definitions of
all tools and operations required, vendor point-of-contacts, and failure
procedures and workarounds.
28
64
9.1 TRAINING OF ORBCOMM GLOBAL PERSONNEL (A009)
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing training to at least six
(6) ORBCOMM Global employees on the operation of the SCC and the satellite
subsystems. This includes a subsystem briefing and handbook to be provided by
the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing a video
recording of the training briefings. The Contractor shall provide a training
schedule for approval to ORBCOMM Global. The subsystem handbook should include,
at a minimum, the complete listing of the telemetry and commands, schematics, a
functional description, description of the operations, definition of the control
and monitoring screens utilized, and failure procedures and workarounds.
The training schedule shall be determined by ORBCOMM Global and shall
consist of one session, of three days duration.
The Contractor shall provide documentary background material and other
course notes for each attendee at the beginning of each session, such that
reference to the operations and maintenance handbooks will not be necessary for
the understanding of the course material.
ORBCOMM Global shall similarly train up to three (3) Contractor personnel
in the operation and characteristics of the CFE Satellite software. ORBCOMM
Global shall similarly train three (3) Contractor personnel in the operation and
applicable characteristics of the NCC and XXXx.
9.2 SIMPLE NETWORK MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL (SNMP) INTEGRATION (E016)
The Contractor shall integrate the Simple Network Management Protocol
Agent on the SCC. This protocol manages the signaling from the SCC to the NCC.
10. ORBCOMM GLOBAL DELIVERABLES
10.1 SYSTEM IN-ORBIT TEST PLAN
In order to evaluate performance with respect to major performance
specifications, ORBCOMM Global shall conduct in-orbit performance tests of the
satellite according to a test plan that will be prepared by ORBCOMM Global and
delivered to the Contractor three (3) months prior to launch. In-orbit
performance test methods shall be a similar as practical to pre-launch ground
test methods. ORBCOMM Global shall have the support of the Contractor in this
objective.
10.2 NETWORK OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
ORBCOMM Global shall provide a Network Operations Handbook which shall
include, at a minimum, definitions of all the control and monitor screens,
relevant source code as needed, user guides, graphical guides, definitions of
all tools and operations required, and a description of the protocol and
interfaces between the NCC/GES and the satellites.
10.3 SIMPLE NETWORK MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL
ORBCOMM Global shall provide the Simple Network Management Protocol agent
which provides the signaling protocol from the SCC to the NCC.
29
65
APPENDIX 1
RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE
1
66
APPENDIX 2 DELIVERABLE SERVICES, REVIEWS AND EQUIPMENT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM DELIVERY DELIVERY LOCATION DURATION PARA # ITEM #
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 Spacecraft Jan. 97 Release from N/A 2.2.1 X000
XX 0-00 (Xxxxx 1) carrier aircraft
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 Spacecraft April 97 Release from N/A 2.2.1 X000
XX 00-00 (Xxxxx 2) carrier aircraft
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 Spacecraft July 97 Release from N/A 2.2.1 X000
XX 00-00 (Xxxxx 3) carrier aircraft
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 Spacecraft FM 28-35 Nov. 97 Germantown N/A 2.2.1 E004
(Ground Spare Plane)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 Spacecraft FM 36-37 [TBD] [TBD] N/A 2.2.1 E005
(Launch Opportunity S/C)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spacecraft Simulator [TBD] N/A 2.2.1 E006
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Satellite Control Center Upgrade 3 months prior to NCC FACILITY N/A 2.2.2 E007
Plane 1 Launch
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Program Review Monthly Contractor and As Required 3.3.1 E008
Buyer Premises
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subcontractor Progress Meetings As Required Contractor or As Required 3.3.2 E009
Subcontractor
Premises
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Preliminary Design Review Oct. 95 Contractor As Required 4.2.1.1 E010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Critical Design Review Feb. 96 Contractor As Required 4.2.1.2 E011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ground Control Liaison Support Contract Start N/A Program 7.3.2 E012
Duration
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spacecraft Operational Support Plane 1 Launch NCC FACILITY 120 Days 7.2.3 X000
Xxxxx 0 Xxxxxx
Xxxxx 3 Launch
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit Manufacturing Readiness Reviews As Required [TBD] N/A 6.2.1 E014
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
System Production Readiness Review 2 months after CDR Contractor N/A 6.2.2 E015
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Simple Network Management Protocol 3 months prior to Plane NCC FACILITY N/A 9.2 E016
Agent Integration 1 Launch
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
67
APPENDIX 3
RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE
3
68
APPENDIX 4 DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS LIST
DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS LIST
PART A - MANAGEMENT DOCUMENTS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM SUBMISSION REQUIREMENT CRITERIA ITEM # PARA #
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Program Management Plan (PMP) 2 months after Initiation of Contract Information A001 3.1.3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Organization Charts Part of PMP, updates as needed Information
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Planning & Control System Part of PMP, updates as needed Information
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Review Management List Part of PMP, updates as needed Information
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spares Plan Part of PMP, updates as needed Information
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shipping Procedure Part of PMP, updates as needed Information
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract Work Breakdown Structure Part of PMP, updates as needed Information
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Configuration/Data Management Plan 2 months after Initiation of Contract Information A002 3.2.2
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract Change Notice As required, or within 30 days of Approval A003 3.3.4
receipt of change request
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Request for Waiver/Deviation As required Approval A004 3.5
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Work Package Description 2 months after Contract Start, then Information A005 3.6.2
when needed
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary Program Schedule PDR, then Monthly Information A006 3.6.3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Meeting Agendas 3 days before meetings Information A007 3.3.3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minutes of Meetings one week after meeting Information A008 3.3.4
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Training Course for Spacecraft Operations Three Months before scheduled launch Approval A009 9.1
Personnel of first plane
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operations Support Plan 7 days prior to PDR, CDR Information A010 7.3.1.4
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continuously maintained
Action Item List Used at monthly reviews Information A011 3.4.1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturing Plan CDR Information A012 6.5.1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4
69
DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS LIST
PART B - ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM SUBMISSION REQUIREMENT CRITERIA ITEM # PARA #
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spacecraft Derived Requirements Matrix PDR Approved at CDR B001 4.3.2.17
Document
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stress and Dynamic Analysis 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B003 4.3.2.1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mass Properties Monthly & Reviews Information B004 4.3.2.4
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DC Power Budget Analysis 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B005 4.3.2.5
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mission Analysis 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B006 4.3.2.7
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Grounding Guideline 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B007 4.3.2.8
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Analyses 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B008 4.3.2.9
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Environmental Effect Analyses 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B009 4.3.2.10
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GPS Analysis 7 days before PDR, CDR, Information B010 4.3.2.11
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Communications Subsystem Analyses 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B011 4.3.2.18
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thermal-Control Subsystem Analyses 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B013 4.3.2.13
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Structure Subsystem Analysis 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B014 4.3.2.14
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Electrical Power Subsystem Analysis 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B015 4.3.2.17
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Autonomous Commands Analysis 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B016 4.3.2.12
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attitude Determination & Control Subsystem 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B017 4.3.2.2
Analysis
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Propulsion Subsystem Analysis 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B018 4.3.2.3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mechanisms Analysis 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B019 4.3.2.15
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operations Requirements Handbook Outline at PDR, first issue at CDR Information B020 7.3.1.1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mission Manual Outline at PDR, first issue 12 Information B021 7.3.1.3
months after Contract start
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GES-Spacecraft Interface Document at CDR and whenever updated Information B022 7.3.1.5
thereafter
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spacecraft Telemetry ICD Format and content finalized Approval b/f CDR B023 4.5
before PDR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Satellite Computer Capacity Analysis 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B024 4.3.2.16
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORBCOMM Software ICD 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B025 3.8
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscriber Terminal Physical Layer to 7 days before PDR, CDR Information B026 3.9
Satellite Interface Specification
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5
70
DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS LIST
PART C - PRODUCT ASSURANCE DOCUMENTS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM SUBMISSION REQUIREMENT CRITERIA ITEM # PARA #
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Product Assurance Plan 7 days before PDR Information C001 5.1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reliability Analysis 7 days before PDR, CDR Information C002 5.3.1 &
4.3.2.6
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Failure Notification On-Line System Information C007 6.7
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test Discrepancy Reports On-Line System Information C004 5.3.4
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
End Item Data Package Upon transfer or delivery of the item Information C005 5.3.6
(equipment, subsystem, spacecraft)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-conformance Reports As issued Information C006 5.3.3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Product Assurance Status Reviews Information
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
End Item Data Package Summary (EIDP) Prior to launch Information C007 5.3.6
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reliability Improvement Plan 7 days prior to PDR Approval C008 5.3.2
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reliability Improvement Plan Report At East Program Review Information C009 5.3.2
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6
71
DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS LIST
PART D - TEST DOCUMENTS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM SUBMISSION REQUIREMENT CRITERIA ITEM # PARA #
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Verification and Test Plan Preliminary with PDR, final 7 days Approval D001 6.3
before CDR, updates 7 days before
TRR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spacecraft Test Procedures Preliminary 7 days before CDR Information D002 6.4.1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1st Article Spacecraft Test Reports: Two weeks after completion of each Information D003 6.4.1
system test
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1st Article Spacecraft Test Data: Information D004 6.4.2
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Predicted values Before start of each test
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Preliminary test date With summary test report
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c) Final Test data With final test report
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Launch Operation and Deployment Report Within 2 months after launch Approval D005 [TBD]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In-Orbit Acceptance Test (IOT) Plan 7 days before CDR Approval D006 4.4.4
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
System Validation Test Plan 7 days before CDR Approval D007 4.4.3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7
72
EXHIBIT A, PART 1B
SATELLITE SPECIFICATIONS
BETWEEN
ORBCOMM GLOBAL, L.P.
AND
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
SEPTEMBER 12, 1995
73
Table of Contents
-----------------
1 Introduction (For Information, see ORBCOMM System Definition)....................................... 1
2 System Architecture Overview (For Information, see ORBCOMM System Definition)....................... 1
3 Satellite........................................................................................... 1
3.1 Fundamental Constraints.................................................................. 1
3.1.1 Physical Limits................................................................ 1
3.1.2 Satellite Channel Capacity..................................................... 1
3.1.3 Lifetime....................................................................... 2
3.1.4 Constellation Frequency Plan (For Information)................................. 2
3.1.5 Emission Limitations........................................................... 3
3.1.5.1 General Transmitted Emission Envelope............................... 3
3.1.5.2 Cessation of Emission............................................... 4
3.1.5.3 Protection of National and International Meteorological
Satellite Operations........................................................ 5
3.1.5.4 Protection of Radio Astronomy Operations............................ 5
3.2 Communications Subsystem................................................................. 5
3.2.1 Subscriber Downlink Transmitter (137.0-138.0 MHz).............................. 5
3.2.1.1 Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) and EIRP Steps............ 6
3.2.1.2 Subscriber Transmitter Frequency Range and Tuning................... 6
3.2.1.3 Subscriber Transmitter Stability.................................... 6
3.2.1.3.1 Long Term Frequency Stability............................. 6
3.2.1.3.2 Frequency Adjustment Capability........................... 7
3.2.1.3.3 Short Term Frequency Stability............................ 7
3.2.1.3.4 Output Power Stability.................................... 7
3.2.1.4 Subscriber Transmitter Phase Noise.................................. 7
3.2.1.5 Unwanted Emissions.................................................. 7
3.2.1.6 Subscriber Downlink Modulation...................................... 8
3.2.1.7 Duty Cycle.......................................................... 8
3.2.1.8 Polarization........................................................ 8
3.2.1.9 Intermodulation Products............................................ 8
3.2.1.10 Dynamic Control of Output Power and Data Rate...................... 8
3.2.2 Gateway Downlink Transmitter (137.0-138.0 MHz)................................. 9
3.2.2.1 Gateway Transmitter EIRP............................................ 9
3.2.2.2 Gateway Transmitter Frequency Range and Tuning...................... 9
3.2.2.3 Gateway Transmitter Stability...................................... 10
3.2.2.3.1 Long Term Frequency Stability........................... 10
3.2.2.3.2 Frequency Adjustment Capability......................... 10
3.2.2.3.3 Short Term Frequency Stability.......................... 10
3.2.2.3.4 Output Power Stability.................................. 10
3.2.2.4 Gateway Transmitter Phase Noise.................................... 10
3.2.2.5 Gateway Transmitter Unwanted Emissions............................. 10
3.2.2.6 Gateway Downlink Modulation........................................ 10
3.2.2.7 Burst Format....................................................... 11
3.2.2.8 Duty Cycle......................................................... 11
3.2.2.9 Polarization....................................................... 11
3.2.3 Time and Frequency Standard Transmitter (400.1 MHz)........................... 11
i
74
3.2.3.1 UHF Transmitter EIRP.......................................... 11
3.2.3.2 UHF Transmitter Operating Frequency........................... 11
3.2.3.3 UHF Transmitter Stability..................................... 11
3.2.3.3.1 Long Term Frequency Stability....................... 12
3.2.3.3.2 Short Term Frequency Stability...................... 12
3.2.1.3.3 Output Power Stability.............................. 12
3.2.3.4 UHF Transmitter Phase Noise................................... 12
3.2.3.5 UHF Transmitter Unwanted Emissions............................ 12
3.2.3.6 UHF Transmitter Downlink Modulation........................... 12
3.2.3.7 Burst Format.................................................. 12
3.2.3.7 Duty Cycle.................................................... 12
3.2.3.8 Polarization.................................................. 12
3.2.4 Subscriber Uplink Burst Receivers (148.0-150.05 MHz).................. 12
3.2.4.1 Subscriber Receiver Sensitivity............................... 13
3.2.4.2 Subscriber Receiver Dynamic Range for Desired Signal.......... 13
3.2.4.3 Performance and Dynamic Range in the 148.0-150.05
MHz Interference Environment.......................................... 13
3.2.4.3.1 Peak and Broadband Interference Sources............. 14
3.2.4.3.2 Representative Adjacent and On-Channel
Interference Sources.......................................... 14
3.2.4.3.2 Signal Characteristics to be Used in Testing........ 14
3.2.4.4 Subscriber Uplink Receiver Tuning............................ 15
3.2.4.5 Subscriber Receiver Acquire Mode Performance.................. 15
3.2.4.5.1 Acquire Mode Error Rates............................ 15
3.2.4.5.2 Acquire Burst Frequency Measurement................. 15
3.2.4.5.3 Acquire Burst Time Measurements..................... 16
3.2.4.5.4 Reporting Delay..................................... 16
3.2.4.5.5 False Alarm Rate.................................... 16
3.2.4.6 Subscriber Receiver Communications Mode Performance........... 16
3.2.4.7 Subscriber Receiver Reservation Mode Performance.............. 16
3.2.4.8 Duty Cycle.................................................... 17
3.2.4.9 Polarization.................................................. 17
3.2.4.10 Receiver In-band Spurs....................................... 17
3.2.4.11 Subscriber Receiver Stability................................ 17
3.2.4.11.1 Long Term Frequency Stability...................... 17
3.2.4.11.2 Frequency Adjustment Capability.................... 17
3.2.4.11.3 Short Term Frequency Stability..................... 18
3.2.5 Gateway Uplink Receiver (148.0-150.5 MHz)............................. 18
3.2.5.1 Gateway Uplink Receiver Sensitivity Requirements.............. 18
3.2.5.2 Gateway Receiver Dynamic Range for Desired Signal............. 18
3.2.5.3 Gateway Receiver Tuning....................................... 18
3.2.5.4 Gateway Receiver Demodulation/TDMA Burst Error Rate
Requirements.......................................................... 19
3.2.5.5 Duty Cycle.................................................... 19
3.2.5.6 Polarization.................................................. 19
3.2.5.7 Gateway Receiver Stability.................................... 19
ii
75
3.2.4.8 Receiver In-band Spurs............................. 20
3.2.6 DCAAS Receiver/Processor..................................... 20
3.2.6.1 DCAAS Receiver Minimum Detectable Signal........... 20
3.2.6.2 DCAAS Receiver Tuning.............................. 20
3.2.6.3 DCAAS Receiver Demodulation........................ 21
3.2.6.4 DCAAS Receiver Dynamic Range....................... 21
3.2.6.5 DCAAS Receiver Duty Cycle.......................... 21
3.2.6.6 Polarization....................................... 21
3.2.6.7 DCAAS Receiver Stability........................... 21
3.2.6.7.1 Long Term Frequency Stability........... 21
3.2.6.7.2 Frequency Adjustment Capability......... 21
3.2.6.7.3 Short Term Frequency Stability.......... 21
3.2.6.7.4 DCAAS Measurement Accuracy....................... 22
3.2.7 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver............................. 22
3.2.7.1 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Sensitivity....... 22
3.2.7.2 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Frequency......... 22
3.2.7.3 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Stability......... 22
3.2.7.4 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Demodulation...... 22
3.2.7.5 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Dynamic Range..... 23
3.2.7.6 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Duty Cycle........ 23
3.2.7.7 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Polarization...... 23
3.2.7.8 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Command Set....... 23
3.2.8 Message Processing Requirements.............................. 23
3.2.8.1 Throughput......................................... 23
3.2.8.2 Response Times..................................... 24
3.2.8.3 Message Storage.................................... 24
3.2.8.4 Maximum CPU Loading................................ 24
3.2.9 Subscriber Network Communications Control.................... 25
3.2.9.1 Uplink Channel Dynamic Allocation.................. 25
3.2.9.2 Acquire Communicate Protocol Control............... 25
3.2.9.3 Reservation Messaging.............................. 25
3.2.9.4 Downlink Traffic Management........................ 26
3.3 Satellite Bus........................................................... 26
3.3.1 Power Subsystem.............................................. 26
3.3.1.2 Overvoltage and Undervoltage Protection............ 27
3.3.1.3 Solar Array........................................ 27
3.3.1.4 Solar Array Lifetime............................... 27
3.3.1.5 Unit Level Power Consumption Duty Cycles........... 27
3.3.2 Attitude Control/Station Keeping Subsystem................... 28
3.3.3 Navigational Requirements.................................... 28
3.3.4 Telemetry, Tracking, and Command Subsystem................... 28
3.3.5 Reset Philosophy and SEU Control Techniques.................. 29
3.3.6 Spacecraft Software.......................................... 29
3.4 Satellite Control Center (SCC).......................................... 30
3.4.1 SCC Functions................................................ 30
3.4.1.1 Telemetry Monitoring............................... 31
iii
76
3.4.1.2 Command Generation and Verification........................ 31
3.4.1.3 Archive and Report Generation Functions.................... 32
3.4.1.4 SCC Operations System Capabilities......................... 32
3.4.1.5 Orbit Determination and Maneuver Planning.................. 32
3.4.1.6 SCC Equipment, Delivery, Training and Documentation........ 33
3.4.2 Interface to Network Control Center Message Processor (MP)............ 34
3.4.2.1 Satellites................................................. 34
3.4.2.2 NCC Network Management and Control Interfaces.............. 34
3.4.2.2.1 SCC Generated Signals/Information................ 34
3.4.2.2.1.1 Telemetry Affecting Network
Throughput......................................... 35
3.4.2.2.1.2 Tracking Requests...................... 35
iv
77
1 INTRODUCTION (FOR INFORMATION, SEE ORBCOMM SYSTEM DEFINITION)
2 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE OVERVIEW (FOR INFORMATION, SEE ORBCOMM SYSTEM DEFINITION)
3 SATELLITE
The satellites specified in this document are designed to allow near
continuous time availability of ORBCOMM services to be provided with low capital
investment. Spacecraft capability requirements are designed to meet the first
five years of service demand.
3.1 FUNDAMENTAL CONSTRAINTS
Fundamental constraints refer to those system requirements which direct or
control all other aspects of the satellite configuration. For the ORBCOMM
satellites, as is the case with many others, these are the mass limits, useful
lifetime and the number of communications channels that are to be supported.
3.1.1 PHYSICAL LIMITS
The combined mass of 8(1) satellites, as launched, plus the adapter and
deployment structure, must be injected into orbit according to the parameters
stated below. Three or four planes will be launched into different ascending
nodes spaced to maximize coverage of latitudes between 25 and 50 degrees. The
operational orbit parameters for the satellites shall be:
- design orbit 775.0 km altitude, circular
- nominal ascending nodes spaced 135 degrees apart
- minimum altitude(2) 740 km
- right ascension nominal +/- 5 degrees at orbit insertion
of ascending node
- inclination 45.0 +/- 1.0 degrees
- phasing within plane 45 +/- 5 degrees
The relative spacing between the ascending or descending nodes of any two planes
shall not be less than 22.5 degrees three years after the launch of plane 3.
3.1.2 SATELLITE CHANNEL CAPACITY
The satellites are to be equipped with a communications payload configuration as
follows:
a) Subscriber Downlink Transmitter(s) (137.0-138.0 MHz) -- Each
satellite will be capable of generating either 4.8 or 9.6 kbps signals.
These signals will operate in the 137 MHz band and will be used to
communicate with the system users. To compensate for the low gain of
the subscriber handheld terminals the satellite transmitters will
produce a relatively high output EIRP.
----------
(1) Under mutually agreed upon circumstances 7 satellites per launch may be
acceptable.
(2) Based on target altitude of 775 km and 3 sigma dispersion
1
78
b) One Gateway Downlink Transmitter (137.0-138.0 MHz) -- The satellite
payload will contain one Gateway Downlink Transmitter. This transmitter
will operate in TDMA burst mode and will transmit messages to the
Gateway Earth Station (GES).
c) One Time and Frequency Standard Downlink Transmitter -- The Time and
Frequency Standard Transmitter will transmit a stable XX xxxxxxx at
400.1 MHz. This signal will be used by the subscribers to assist in
determining their geographical positions.
d) Six Subscriber Uplink Burst Receivers (148.0-150.05 MHz) -- The
Subscriber Receivers will receive and demodulate signals originating
in the Subscriber Transceivers. The receivers will be capable of being
tuned across the entire uplink frequency band.
e) One Gateway Uplink Receiver (148.0-150.05 MHz) -- The Gateway
Receiver receives the TDMA in-coming signal from a Gateway earth
station. This receiver will be capable of being tuned over the entire
uplink frequency band.
f) DCAAS Receiver/Processor -- The DCAAS Receiver/Processor scans the
uplink frequency band and is used to determine the best uplink channels
for the system users. This receiver is identical to those described in
d) and all seven Uplink Burst Receivers shall be capable of performing
the DCAAS power measurement function.
g) Fixed Frequency Receiver -- The fixed frequency receiver, if required,
will, among other things, upon receipt of a specific uplink coded
signal, initiate a general reset of the satellite or command a power
cycle specific units or subsystems.
3.1.3 LIFETIME
As a goal, the individual spacecraft shall be designed and constructed to meet a
five (5) year lifetime. Consideration of the lifetime shall include depletion of
consumable, loss of power generation capabilities, degradation of thermal
systems or other degradation due to wear out. Accepted, recognized space
industry practices shall be used to analyze the ability of the satellites to
meet this goal.
3.1.4 CONSTELLATION FREQUENCY PLAN (FOR INFORMATION)
The FCC approved frequency plan for the constellation downlink transmissions is
given in Table 1. Allocation of specific downlink channels to specific
satellites will be made by ORBCOMM. In operation, each plane of satellites is
expected to use a different set of subscriber frequencies. Alternating
satellites within a given plane will transmit on different downlink frequencies.
All satellites will use the same Gateway downlink frequency. This frequency plan
may be subject to further revision.
The required bandwidth shown in Table 1 includes the transmitter spectrum,
maximum Doppler shifts and oscillator instabilities. The authorized bandwidth
used to define the emission envelope in Section 3.1.4.1.1 is the required
bandwidth, listed in Table 1, minus twice the maximum Doppler shift and minus
the long-term oscillator instability.
2
79
The satellite Gateway receiver will operate with a center frequency of 149.61
MHz. The DCAAS system will be capable of operation over the 148.0-150.05 MHz
frequency band.
Additionally, each satellite will have a beacon transmitting at 400.1 MHz.
TABLE 1 ORBCOMM FREQUENCY PLAN (DRAFT)
CHANNEL CENTER REQUIRED POLARIZATION
NUMBER FREQUENCY BANDWIDTH
MHz kHz
S-1 137.1900 15 XXXX
X-0 137.2050 15 XXXX
X-0 137.2200 15 XXXX
X-0 137.2350 15 XXXX
X-0 137.2500 15 XXXX
X-0 137.2650 15 XXXX
X-0 137.2800 15 XXXX
X-0 137.2950 15 XXXX
X-0 137.3100 00 XXXX
X-00 137.3825 00 XXXX
X-00 137.3975 00 XXXX
X-00 137.6625 00 XXXX
X-00 137.6775 00 XXXX
X-00 137.6925 00 XXXX
X-00 137.7075 00 XXXX
X-00 137.7225 00 XXXX
X-00 137.7375 00 XXXX
X-00 137.8050 00 XXXX
Xxxxxxx 137.5600 50 RHCP
3.1.5 EMISSION LIMITATIONS
The ORBCOMM system is subject to certain emission limitations, imposed on
ORBCOMM by the Federal Communication Commission and through negotiations with
other users of the spectrum. In addition the military agencies of the US
government have imposed certain limits on the operations of all mobile satellite
systems operating in the 137 and 149 MHz bands. The following sections specify
the emission limitations that the ORBCOMM system must meet.
3.1.5.1 GENERAL TRANSMITTED EMISSION ENVELOPE
The emission spectra of the subscriber and gateway downlinks signals, including
out-of-band emissions(3), shall not exceed the emission envelopes shown in
figure 3-1 and 3-2 respectively.
----------
(3) From ITU RR 138 for the definition of out-of-band emission - "Emission on a
frequency or frequencies outside the necessary bandwidth which results from the
modulation process, but excluding spurious emissions". Note that necessary
bandwidth is defined as (RR 146) "For a given class of emission, the width of
the frequency band which is just sufficient to ensure the transmission of
information at the rate and with the quality required under specified
3
80
To obtain the spectrum emission envelope for a Subscriber Transmitter operating
at 9.6 kbps multiply the frequency axis of Figure 3-1 by a factor of
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT].
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
3.1.5.2 Cessation of Emission
The satellite shall be made capable of ceasing emissions by use of appropriate
commands from the ground station. Emissions shall cease with five (5) seconds of
the receipt of a valid command.The satellite shall automatically cease emissions
from any transmitter after a timeout
-----------------
conditions"
4
81
period following the most recent command to activate that transmitter.
3.1.5.3 Protection of National and International Meteorological Satellite
Operations
Operations of the ORBCOMM system have been coordinated with the
National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) through the
National Telecommunications and Information Agency. NOAA operations in the
137-138 MHz band will be limited to the following six sub-bands:
(0) 000.0000 - 137.175 MHz
(0) 000.0000 - 137.367 MHz
(0) 000.0000 - 137.515 MHz
(0) 000.0000 - 137.635 MHz
(0) 000.0000 - 137.787 MHz
(0) 000.0000 - 138.000 MHz
The power emitted in these bands by any ORBCOMM, satellite transmitter shall not
exceed - 153 dBW/m(2) as averaged over 50 kHz, at the surface of the Earth, in a
meteorological satellite sub-band. All transmitter on the satellite must meet
this roll off requirement. Practically, with the chosen modulations and EIRPs,
this means that the center frequency of a subscriber 15 kHz (25 kHz for the 9.6
kbps emission) channel must be at least 15 kHz (25 kHz for the 9.6 kbps
emission) from the edge of any of meteorological satellite frequency sub-band.
Similarly, the center frequency of the Gateway downlink 50 kHz channel must be
at least 40 kHz from the edge of any of Meteorological Satellite frequency
sub-band.
3.1.5.4 Protection of Radio Astronomy Operations(4)
The radio astronomy service operates in the following frequency bands:
(1) 150.05-153 MHz
(2) 406.1-410.0 MHz
Peak emissions, measured on the surface of the Earth, from the satellites shall
be limited to the following values -259 dBW/m(2) Hz for band (1) and -255
dBW/m(2) Hz for band (2).
3.2 COMMUNICATIONS SUBSYSTEM
The communications subsystem of the satellites is composed of three different
types of transmitters and two different types of receivers as described in
Section 3.1.2, Satellite Channel Capacity. The following paragraphs address
these units on a link by link basis.
3.2.1 SUBSCRIBER DOWNLINK TRANSMITTER (137.0-138.0 MHz)
The satellite payload will contain a Subscriber Transmitter. This Transmitter
will utilize the Earth pointing antenna. The Subscriber Transmitter will meet
the following specification.
----------
(4) Extracted from Protection Criteria Used for Radioastronomical Measurements
ITU Doc 7D/TEMP/2, 30 November 1994,
5
82
3.2.1.1 Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) and EIRP Steps
Each carrier of the 137 MHz subscriber downlink transmitters shall deliver a
minimum of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW EIRP [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
off boresight. The peak transmitter power will be able to be reduced, by ground
command, in at least six steps. The step size will nominally be [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dB. The transmitter EIRP, as a function of the angle from the
antenna boresight, will not exceed the roll off contained in the mask in Figure
3-3.
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
3.2.1.2 Subscriber Transmitter Frequency Range and Tuning
The subscriber downlink transmitter shall be capable of transmitting on any
frequency defined by the following formula:
Transmit Frequency = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] +[CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] * N
where: N is an integer in the range: [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] less
than = N less than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
3.2.1.3 Subscriber Transmitter Stability
The following stability requirements shall be met over all spacecraft predicted
environmental conditions and operating modes while on orbit. This requirement
refers to the signal as transmitted by the spacecraft, without regard to Doppler
effects.
3.2.1.3.1 Long Term Frequency Stability
The long term stability shall be such that the transmit frequency accuracy is
within +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] kHz of the desired tuned frequency with the
adjustments described in 3.2.1.3.2 being required no more often than once each
30 days.
6
83
3.2.1.3.2 Frequency Adjustment Capability
It shall be possible to tune the oscillator in [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
steps to a precision of +/- [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz under command from the
ground. The number of steps shall be sufficient to cover twice the expected
aging range over the life of the spacecraft.
3.2.1.3.3 Short Term Frequency Stability
The transmitter short term stability shall be better than [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] measured over a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] minute period.
3.2.1.3.4 Output Power Stability
The transmitter output power shall not vary by more than [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dB RMS over a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] minute period including
maximum expected on-orbit temperature rates of change at the unit.
3.2.1.4 Subscriber Transmitter Phase Noise
The phase noise introduced on each transmitted carrier shall not exceed the
mask given in Figure 3-4. For frequency offsets greater than 10 kHz, the phase
noise shall not exceed [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]dBC/Hz. The transmitter shall be
capable of transmitting an unmodulated test signal that exercises all paths in
the transmit chain for the purposes of measuring phase noise, frequency
stability, unwanted emissions and intermodulation.
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION]
3.2.1.5 Unwanted Emissions
When transmitting an unmodulated carrier spurious emissions(5) shall be the
lower of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB per [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
----------
(5) adapted from ITU RR 139 for definitions of Spurious Emission "Emission on a
frequency or frequencies which are outside the necessary bandwidth and the level
of which may be reduced without affecting the corresponding transmission of
information. Spurious emissions include harmonic emissions, parasitic emissions
and frequency
7
84
kHz below the level of that carrier or that shown in Figure 3-1.
3.2.1.6. Subscriber Downlink Modulation
The downlink to the subscribers shall be modulated at 4800 or 9600 bps under
software control. The modulation will occur with a bit clock stability of 1
part in [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] and a bit clock jitter of less than one
percent RMS. The modulation format is Symmetric Differential Phase Shift Keying
(DPSK). The data is differentially encoded in transmission with the 'one' data
state causing a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degree positive phase shift of the
carrier and the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] data state causing a [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] degree negative phase shift of the carrier. The modulation symbols
will be filtered to reduce out-of-band emissions. Raised cosine [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] roll off filtering will be employed. The transfer function of the
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] root raised transmit narrow band filter, before
implementation, is provided in the physical layer ICD. The combined degradation
of the subscriber downlink modulation and the specified reference demodulator
shall not exceed [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB with respect to a theoretical
implementation as established in Annex A. A Torrey Science Modem shall be used
as the reference demodulator. The amount of implementation loss less than
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB shall reduce the required EIRP under 3.2.1.1 up to
a maximum of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB.
3.2.1.7 Duty Cycle
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
3.2.1.8 Polarization
The Subscriber Transmitter will transmit using right hand circular polarization
with an axial ratio equal to or less than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB over all
azimuth angles and off-boresight angles from [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] to
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees. The required EIRP in 3.2.1.1 may be reduced
in dBW by the amount in dB that the axial ratios are less than [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dB over the required pattern.
3.2.1.9 Intermodulation Products
The ORBCOMM satellite frequency plan, tentatively described in section Table 1,
is designed around a number of frequency subbands (see Section 3.1.5.2) in which
other satellite services operate. The meteorological satellite service is one of
these other services. Under the FCC and International Telecommunications Union
regulations the ORBCOMM system must not cause harmful interference to other
services. Of all the space services operating in this band, the meteorological
satellite service has the most stringent interference criteria of -156 dBW/m(2)
in 50 kHz on the surface of the Earth. The intermodulation products generated by
transmitters on an ORBCOMM satellite shall not cause harmful interference to the
meteorological satellite service.
3.2.1.10 Dynamic Control of Output Power and Data Rate
It shall be possible to independently control the output power and data rate of
the subscriber
-------------
conversion products, but exclude out-of-band emissions".
8
85
transmitter as described in this section. The active pattern for the
combination of data rate and power setting shall be under the control of the
network software which shall from time to time update this pattern. The
mechanism for this update shall be via a message from the network software to
the transmitter control process as defined in the relevant ICD. This command
shall consist of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] bit control words and [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] bit control words.
The subscriber downlink is organized into a superframe consisting of
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] second subframes. Each subframe begins with a twelve
byte packet known as the synchronization segment. Within this synchronization
segment is an explicit and unique frame number ranging from zero to fifteen.
Each synchronization segment shall be transmitted at 4800 bps, regardless of
the data rate of the subsequent portion of the subframe. The remainder of the
subframe "n" is transmitted at either 4800 bps or 9600 bps depending on the
state of bit(n) of the first [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] control word described
above ([CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] is 4800 bps and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] is
9600 bps).
The transmit power level for subframe "n" will be one of the two levels
specified in the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] bit control words, (High Power Mode,
Low Power Mode), described above based upon the state of bit(n), of the
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] bit control word.
This power/data rate combination shall remain in effect until another command
message is received.
3.2.2 GATEWAY DOWNLINK TRANSMITTER (137.0-1380 MHz)
The payload will contain a Gateway Downlink Transmitter. This transmitter will
support the communication link with the system Gateway Earth Station.
3.2.2.1 Gateway Transmitter EIRP
The gateway downlink transmitter shall deliver a minimum of [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dBW EIRP, within [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees off boresight. If
linear polarization is used the EIRP shall be a minimum of [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dBW. The transmitter EIRP shall meet the roll-off contained in the
mask in Figure 3-3.
3.2.2.2 Gateway Transmitter Frequency Range and Tuning
The gateway downlink transmitters shall be capable of transmitting on any
frequency defined by the following formula:
Transmit Frequency = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] +[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] * N
where N is an integer over the range: [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] less
than = N less than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
For implementation purposes the gateway transmitter shall only tune to channels
with centers on even [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] kHz centers.
9
86
3.2.2.3 Gateway Transmitter Stability
The following stability requirements shall be met over all spacecraft predicted
environmental conditions and operating modes while on orbit. This requirement
refers to the signal as transmitted by the spacecraft, without regard to Doppler
effects. These requirements shall also be met on a burst-to-burst basis.
3.2.2.3.1 Long Term Frequency Stability
The long term stability shall be such that the transmit frequency accuracy is
within +/- [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] kHz of the desired tuned frequency without
the adjustments described in 3.2.2.3.2 being required more often than once each
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] days.
3.2.2.3.2 Frequency Adjustment Capability
It shall be possible to tune the oscillator in [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz
steps to a precision of +/- [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz under command from the
ground. The number of steps shall be sufficient to cover twice the expected
aging range over the life of the spacecraft.
3.2.2.3.3 Short Term Frequency Stability
The transmitter short term stability shall be better than [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] measured over a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] minute period
3.2.2.3.4 Output Power Stability
The transmitter output power shall not vary by more than [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dB RMS over a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] minute period including
maximum expected on-orbit temperature rates of change at the unit.
3.2.2.3.4 Gateway Transmitter Phase Noise
The phase noise introduced on each transmitted carrier shall not exceed the mask
given in Figure 3-4. The transmitter shall be capable of transmitting a test
carrier in CW mode for the purposes of measuring phase noise.
3.2.2.5 Transmitter Unwanted Emissions
When transmitting an unmodulated carrier, spurious emissions shall be the lower
of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB per [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] kHz below the level
of that carrier or that shown in Figure 3-2.
3.2.2.6 Gateway Downlink Modulation
The gateway downlink carrier shall be modulated at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] bps
Offset Quadrature Phase Shift Keying with a bit clock stability of 1 part in
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] and a bit clock jitter of less than [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] percent RMS measured in one downlink burst. The [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] data state causes a[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] modulation and the
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] data state causes a+[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
modulation. The modulation symbols will be filtered to reduce out-of-band
emissions. An approximate raised cosine [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] roll off will
be used with a filter with an impulse
10
87
response as defined in the physical layer ICD. The combined degradation of the
subscriber downlink modulation and the specified reference demodulator shall not
exceed [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB with respect to an theoretical
implementation, A Torrey Science Modem shall be used as the reference
demodulator. An implementation loss of less than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB can
be credited to the EIRP, up to a maximum of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB. The
reference link implementation budget is given in Annex B.
3.2.2.7 Burst Format
Gateway downlink transmissions are divided into [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] frames
per second. The [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] frames are identical in length and are
synchronized to the arrival of the center of the first symbol of the received
unique word. Any new unique word detection shall resynchronize the downlink
frame timing.
3.2.2.8 Duty Cycle
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
3.2.2.9 Polarization
The Gateway Transmitter will transmit using either right hand circular
polarization of linear polarization. If circular polarization is used the
antenna axial ratio shall be [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB or less over all
azimuth angles and off-boresight angles between [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] and
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees.
3.2.3 TIME AND FREQUENCY STANDARD TRANSMITTERS (400.1 MHz)
The output of the UHF Transmitter will be used by the subscribers as an aid in
determining their position.
3.2.3.1 UHF Transmitter EIRP
The EIRP of the UHF Transmitter shall be [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW minimum,
at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees off boresight. No gain steps are required in
the transmitter output power. The transmitter shall be, commandable on and off
from the ground and under control of the spacecraft network software. The EIRP
is permitted to roll off according to the mask in Figure 3-3.
3.2.3.2 UHF Transmitter Operating Frequency
The time and frequency standard transmitter shall transmit on 400.1 MHz.
3.2.3.3 UHF Transmitter Stability
The following stability requirements shall be met over all spacecraft predicted
environmental conditions and operating modes while on orbit. This requirement
refers to the signal as
11
88
transmitted by the spacecraft, without regard to Doppler effects.
3.2.3.3.1 Long Term Frequency Stability
The long term Stability shall be such that the transmit frequency accuracy is
within +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]kHz of the desired tuned frequency
3.2.3.3.2 Short Term Frequency Stability
The transmitter short term stability shall be better than [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] measured over a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] minute period.
3.2.1.3.3 Output Power Stability
The transmitter output power shall not vary by more than [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dB RMS over a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] minute period including
maximum expected on-orbit temperature rates of change at the unit.
3.2.3.4 UHF Transmitter Phase Noise
The transmitted phase noise shall not exceed the mask given in Figure 3-4.
3.2.3.5 UHF Transmitter Unwanted Emissions
When transmitting an unmodulated carrier, spurious and harmonic emissions shall
be at least [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB below the level of that carrier.
3.2.3.6 UHF Transmitter Downlink Modulation
None
3.2.3.7 Burst Format
The UHF Transmitter shall be operated in burst mode, typically [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] seconds on and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] seconds off. The transmitter
shall be capable of being turned on and off from the network software.
3.2.3.7 Duty Cycle
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
3.2.3.8 Polarization
The UHF Transmitter will transmit using right hand circular polarization. The
axial ratio of the antenna shall be [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB or less.
3.2.4 SUBSCRIBER UPLINK BURST RECEIVERS (148.0-150.05 MHz)
There are seven Subscriber Receivers one of which will be used for the DCAAS
receiver. The satellite will contain six Subscriber Uplink Receivers. These
receivers will operate on
12
89
frequencies either automatically assigned by the DCAAS system or on frequencies
commanded by the SCC. The uplink from the subscribers and the detailed link
layer format of the various modes are defined in section 2.7 of the ORBCOMM
System Definition. The receivers will switch frequency immediately upon receipt
of a command from DCAAS process and not synchronously with GPS time.
3.2.4.1 Subscriber Receiver Sensitivity
An uplink signal with a power flux of -148.8 dBW/m(2) received [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] degrees from the subscriber antenna boresight shall be demodulated
with a BER of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] or better(6). This value is referred to
as the minimum sensitivity limit and is the benchmark power level for the
subsequent performance specifications of this section. This requirement shall
be met with all satellite transmitters on at full power, with the DCAAS
receiver scanning and all other channels carrying traffic at their maximum
capacity. Among other contributing factors, this value takes into account
internal satellite and antenna thermal noise contributions, passive
intermodulations and an assumed antenna temperature of [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] , but excludes consideration of possible external sources of
interference. The satellite sensitivity is permitted to degrade as a function
of off-boresight angle according to the mask in Figure 3-3.
This sensitivity requirement applies to any subscriber channel specified in
Section 3.2.4.2 for uplink signals received on a channel center frequency.
3.2.4.2. Subscriber Receiver Dynamic Range for Desired Signal
An uplink signal with a power flux of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW/m(2)
received [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees from the subscriber antenna boresight
shall not cause the specific performance specifications to be violated. This
value is referred to as the dynamic range limit and is the benchmark power level
to ensure that subscriber links with maximum link advantage can be reliably
detected. This requirement shall be met with all satellite transmitters on at
full power, with the DCAAS receiver scanning and all other channels carrying
traffic at their maximum capacity. The subscriber receiver dynamic range limit
is permitted to degrade as a function of off-boresight angle according to the
mask in Figure 3-3.
3.2.4.3 Performance and Dynamic Range in the 148.0-150.05 MHz
Interference Environment
The following describes the uplink interference environment in two different
ways; one, in terms of a maximum expected peak power interference, a maximum
broad band interference and its distribution in frequency and two, in terms of a
specific set of modulated carriers and uplink signal conditions which represent
in RF environments test. The Subscriber receiver shall be tested to ensure
nominal operations under both sets of conditions.
----------
(6) This value of BER is used to derive the FER measurements of the following
sections and can be demonstrated in test by meeting the stated FER requirements
13
90
3.2.4.3.1 Peak and Broadband Interference Sources
The Subscriber and Gateway Demodulation Sections call for testing of the
receivers with and without external interference. For the purposes of this
testing external interference, in the 148-150.05 MHz band, will be considered
to be a power level of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW/m2 for broad band, or the
multiple carrier interference, and peak single carrier interference power of
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW/m2 These power levels are those that would be
received by an isotropic spacecraft antenna. The power levels used in testing
shall take into account the actual gains and losses of the Subscriber and
Gateway receiving systems. The spectral distribution of power used in testing
if shown in Figure 3-5.
Figure 3-5 PDF of Uplink Interference
Figure to be supplied
3.2.4.3.2 Representative Adjacent and On-Channel Interference Sources
The Subscriber and Gateway Demodulation Sections call for testing of the
receivers with adjacent channel interference. For the purposes of this testing
adjacent channel interference, in the 148-150.05 MHz band, will be considered
to have the following characteristics. A [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] bit/s FSK
carrier emulating the spectrum of a pager transmitter at a level [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dB higher than the wanted signal. In addition, a voice modulated
narrow band FM carrier emulating the spectrum of a press-to-talk mobile
transmitter at a level [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB higher than the wanted
signal. The duty cycle of the push-to- signal is [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] ,
with a typical on time of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] seconds.
3.2.4.3.2 Signal Characteristics to be Used in Testing
All tests will be conducted with all satellite transmitters operating at full
power. The signal shall have a phase noise level as given by a line joining the
following points:
- at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz, [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB per
Hz below the carrier
- at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz, [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB per
Hz below the carrier
- at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz, [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB per
Hz below the carrier
- at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz, [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB per
Hz below the carrier.
The clock frequency error shall be [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] and the RMS clock
jitter shall be [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT].
Representative testing samples shall be taken at the band edges and the band
center.
14
91
3.2.4.4 Subscriber Uplink Receiver Tuning
Each subscriber receiver shall be capable of tuning to any subscriber channel
frequency as defined by the following formula:
Receive Frequency = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] +[CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] * N
where N is an Integer in the Range: [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
less than = N less than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Each subscriber receiver shall be capable of meeting all requirements within
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] milliseconds of the receipt of a tuning command.
3.2.4.5 Subscriber Receiver Acquire Mode Performance
The Subscriber Receiver demodulator performance shall meet or exceed the
requirements of this section.
3.2.4.5.1 Acquire Mode Error Rates
In acquire mode the Subscriber Receiver will operate with a burst error rate of
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT], or better for all subscriber IDs except the following
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] under the following
conditions:
(1)For an uplink signal offset from the channel center up to +1/-
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]Hz and an increase in power flux of
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]dB.
(2)For an uplink signal offset from the channel center up to +/-
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]Hz, interference as described in Section
3.2.4.3 and an increase in power flux of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]dB.
(3)For an uplink signal offset from the channel center up to +/-
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]Hz and an increase in power flux of
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]dB.
(4)For an uplink signal offset from the channel center up to +/-
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]Hz, interference as described in Section
3.2.4.3 and an increase in power flux of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]dB.
(5)For successive uplink bursts varying randomly in frequency over the
range +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz and in power over the range
+[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] to +[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB from the
sensitivity limit, except bursts in the frequency range from
+[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] to +[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz and
-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] to -[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz from the
receiver center frequency will vary in power over the range from
+[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] to +[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB from
the sensitivity limit. The distribution of power and frequency shall
be uniform over the duration of the test.
3.2.4.5.2 Acquire Burst Frequency Measurement
Over a frequency range of +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz from the nominal
channel center, the receiver will measure the frequency of the received burst,
to an accuracy of +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz or better, and will
communicate with the Subscriber Transmitter processor sufficient information
to permit the
15
92
Subscriber to determine the proper frequency correction.
3.2.4.5.3 Acquire Burst Time Measurements
In the Acquire mode the receiver will determine the arrival time of the Acquire
burst to within +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT].
3.2.4.5.4 Reporting Delay
The receiver in acquire mode shall deliver all received bursts to the network
software within [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] of the close of the acquisition window.
3.2.4.5.5 False Alarm Rate
When configured to meet the specifications above and when being commanded to
change channels once per [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] seconds, the false alarm
rate from a receiver in acquire mode with external interference shall be less
than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] per [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] channel switching
operations.
3.2.4.6 Subscriber Receiver Communications Mode Performance
In Communication mode the Subscriber Receiver will operate with a burst error
rate of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] or better, with the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
byte communications packets under the following conditions:
(1) For an uplink signal offset from the receiver channel center up
to +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz.
(2) For uplink packets on the receiver channel center displaced
+/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] from the expected time.
(3) an uplink signal offset from the receiver channel center by
+/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz and in increase in uplink power flux
of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB.
(4) an uplink signal offset from the receiver channel center by
sweeping +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz at a rate of [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] Hz/second and an increase in uplink power flux of
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB.
(5) For an uplink signal offset from the receiver channel center up
to +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz, interference as described in
Section 3.2.4.3 and in increase in power flux of [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dB.
3.2.4.7 Subscriber Receiver Reservation Mode Performance
In Reservation mode the Subscriber Receiver will operate with a packet error
rate of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT], or better, for packets [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] bytes long, [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT], or better, for packets
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] bytes long [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] ,or better, for
packets [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] bytes long under the following conditions:
(1) For an uplink signal offset from the receiver channel center up
to +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz.
(2) For an uplink signal offset from the receiver channel center by
+/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz and an increase in uplink power flux
of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB.
16
93
(3) an uplink signal offset from the receiver channel center by
sweeping +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz at a rate of 28 Hz/second
and an increase in uplink power flux of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB.
(4) For an uplink signal offset from the receiver channel center up
to +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz, interference as described in
Section 3.2.4.3 and an increase in power flux of [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dB.
(5) For an Uplink signal on channel and the signal level variations
follow the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] distribution with a carrier to
multipath ratio of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB. The fading
halfpower bandwidth is [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz and the fading
spectrum has a second order Butterworth roll-off. An increase in
power flux of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB.
3.2.4.8 Duty Cycle
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
3.2.4.9 Polarization
The Subscriber Receiver will receive using either left hand or right hand
circular polarization. The axial ratio of the antenna shall be less than or
equal to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB over all azimuth angles and off-boresight
angles between [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees.
3.2.4.10 Receiver In-band Spurs
There shall be no in-band spurious carriers generated by either within the
subscriber receiver or coupled in from other spacecraft emitters.
3.2.4.11 Subscriber Receiver Stability
The following stability requirements shall be met over all spacecraft predicted
environmental conditions and operating modes while on orbit. This requirement
refers to the signal as received by the spacecraft, without regard to Doppler
effects. These requirements shall also be met on a burst-to-burst basis.
3.2.4.11.1 Long Term Frequency Stability
The long term stability shall be such that the received frequency accuracy is
within +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] kHz of the desired tuned frequency without
the adjustments described in 3.2.4.11.2 being required more often than once
each [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] days.
3.2.4.11.2 Frequency Adjustment Capability
It shall be possible to tune the oscillator in [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz
steps to a precision of +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz under command from the
ground. The number of steps shall be sufficient to cover twice the expected
aging range over the life of the spacecraft.
17
94
3.2.4.11.3 Short Term Frequency Stability
The receiver short term stability shall be better than
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] measured over a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
minute period.
3.2.5 GATEWAY UPLINK RECEIVER (148.0-150.5 MHz)
The satellite payload shall contain one Gateway Uplink Receiver. This receiver
performs two vital functions; one, it performs as a command receiver, accepting
and demodulating spacecraft commands from the GES and two, it receives and
demodulates the uplink message stream intended for eventual reception by the
subscribers. The uplink from the Gateway Earth Stations is described in section
2.7.
3.2.5.1 Gateway Uplink Receiver Sensitivity Requirements
For normal operations an uplink power flux of -[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
dBW/m(2), received [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees from the gateway antenna
boresight, will be demodulated with a BER of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT].
A power flux of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW/m(2) will be demodulated with a
BER of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] for variations in the direction of the uplink
signal from [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees from
boresight.
A power flux of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW/m(2) will be demodulated with a
BER of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] over [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] of the radiation
sphere around a spacecraft.
The on-boresight gain of the antenna shall not be less than [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dB below the peak gain.
These uplink power flux values take into account internal satellite and antenna
thermal noise contributions, and an assumed antenna temperature of
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT], but exclude consideration of possible external
sources of interference. This value is referred to as the minimum sensitivity
limit and is the benchmark power level for the subsequent performance
specifications of this section. The sensitivity values will be met with all of
the satellite transmitters on at full power carrying representative traffic or
random modulation and the DCAAS receiver scanning.
3.2.5.2 Gateway Receiver Dynamic Range for Desired Signal
An uplink signal with a power flux of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW/m(2)
received [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees from the gateway antenna boresight
shall not cause the specific performance specifications to be violated. This
value is referred to as the dynamic range limit and is the benchmark power
level to ensure that the gateway links with maximum link advantage can be
reliably detected. This requirement shall be met with all satellite
transmitters on at full power, with the DCAAS receiver scanning and all other
channels carrying traffic at their maximum capacity. The gateway receiver
dynamic range limit is permitted to degrade as a function of off-boresight
angle according to the mask in Figure 3-3.
3.2.5.3 Gateway Receiver Tuning
Each Gateway receiver shall be capable of tuning to any frequency defined by the
following
18
95
formula:
Receive Frequency = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] + [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] * N
where N is an integer over the range: [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] less than = N
less than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
For implementation purposes the gateway receiver will only tune to channel on
even [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] kHz centers.
3.2.5.4 Gateway Receiver Demodulation/TDMA Burst Error Rate Requirements
The GES uplink receiver shall be tested with TDMA burst transmissions from a
reference modulator (7). Under demodulation tests when operating without
external interference, the Gateway Receiver shall have a BER no worse than
described in 3.2.5.1. The receiver will also operate with a BER of
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] under the following conditions:
(1) When operating within +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz of the
nominal channel frequency, without interference, and an increase
in uplink power flux of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB.
(2) When operating on the channel center frequency, with external
interference equivalent to that described Section 3.2.4.3, and an
increase in uplink power flux of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB.
(3) When operating within +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz of the
nominal channel frequency, with interference as specified in
Section 3.2.4.3, and an increase in uplink power flux of
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB.
(4) When operating with signals randomly varying +/- [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] Hz from nominal and burst to burst power varying
randomly +[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] to +[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
dB with respect to the level specified in 3.2.5.1, with
interference as specified in Section 3.2.4.3.
3.2.5.5 Duty Cycle
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
3.2.5.6 Polarization
The Gateway Receiver will receive using left or right hand circular
polarization. The axial ratio of the antenna shall be less than or equal to
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB for all azimuth angles and off-boresight angles
between [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees.
3.2.5.7 Gateway Receiver Stability
The following stability requirements shall be met overall spacecraft predicted
environmental conditions and operating modes while on orbit. This requirement
refers to the signal as received by the spacecraft, without regard to Doppler
effects. These requirements shall also be met on a burst-to-burst basis.
------------
(7) The burst error rate, when operating with a C/N(0)=[CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dBHz, shall be better than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] for a
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] byte packet.
19
96
3.2.5.7.1 Long Term Frequency Stability
The long term stability shall be such that the received frequency accuracy is
within +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] kHz of the desired tuned frequency without
the adjustments described in 3.2.5.7.2 being required more often than once each
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] days.
3.2.5.7.2 Frequency Adjustment Capability
It shall be possible to tune the oscillator in [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz
steps to a precision of +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz under command from the
ground. The number of steps shall be sufficient to cover twice the expected
aging range over the life of the spacecraft.
3.2.5.7.3 Short Term Frequency Stability
The receiver short term stability shall be better than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
measured over a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] minute period.
3.2.4.8 Receiver In-band Spurs
There shall be no in-band spurious carriers generated by either within the
gateway receiver or coupled in from other spacecraft emitters. The single
exception shall be a spur at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz. This spur shall not
negatively impact receiver operations on frequencies more than [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] kHz away form [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz.
3.2.6 DCAAS RECEIVER/PROCESSOR
The function of the Dynamic Channel Activity Assignment System (DCAAS)
Receiver/Processor is to scan the uplink band and determine the best possible
uplink channels for the subscriber transceivers to use. The processor functions
are implemented in the network software and are discussed in Sections 3.2.8,
Message Processing Requirements, and 3.2.9, Subscriber Network Communications
Control.
3.2.6.1 DCAAS Receiver Minimum Detectable Signal
The DCAAS Receiver Minimum Detectable Signal (MDS) shall be [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dBW/m(2) in [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] kHz received [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] degrees from the subscriber antenna boresight. The MDS is permitted
to degrade as a function of off-boresight angle according to the mask in Figure
3-3. MDS is defined as an observable increase in the reported power measurement
in three averaged consecutive measurements.
3.2.6.2 DCAAS Receiver Tuning
The DCAAS Receiver will tune according to the formula in Section 3.2.4.2,
Subscriber Uplink Receiver Tuning. The minimum scan step will be [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] kHz. The entire band described by the formula, given in Section
3.2.4.2, Subscriber Uplink Receiver Tuning, will be scanned within
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] seconds using a filter specification identical to the
Subscriber Receiver modulation matched
20
97
filter. Scan parameters such as dwell time, step size and scan range shall be
able to be alterable under ground control.
3.2.6.3 DCAAS Receiver Demodulation
The received power level in each frequency slot will be measured and quantized
in [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] bit samples.
3.2.6.4 DCAAS Receiver Dynamic Range
The DCAAS Receiver shall meet its requirements under conditions of interference
as described in Section 3.2.4.3, 148.0 - 150.05 Interference Environment. The
DCAAS receiver shall be able to measure a signal of -[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
dBW/m(2)/[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]kHz to the same level of accuracy as the MDS.
The DCAAS receiver shall be able to measure a signal of -[CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dBW/m(2)/[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]kHz with at least half the level of
accuracy as specified for the MDS.
3.2.6.5 DCAAS Receiver Duty Cycle
The DCAAS Receiver shall be capable of continuous operation.
3.2.6.6 Polarization
The DCAAS Receiver will use the same antenna as the Subscriber Receivers.
3.2.6.7 DCAAS Receiver Stability
The following stability requirements shall be met over all spacecraft predicted
environmental conditions and operating modes while on orbit. This requirement
refers to the signal as received by the spacecraft, without regard to Doppler
effects. These requirements shall also be met on a scan-to-scan basis.
3.2.6.7.1 Long Term Frequency Stability
The long term stability shall be such that the received frequency accuracy is
within +/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] kHz of the desired tuned frequency without
the adjustments described in 3.2.6.7.2 being required more often than once each
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] days.
3.2.6.7.2 Frequency Adjustment Capability
It shall be possible to tune the oscillator in [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz
steps to an accuracy of +/- [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz under command from the
ground. The number of steps shall be sufficient to cover twice the expected
aging range over the life of the spacecraft.
3.2.6.7.3 Short Term Frequency Stability
The receiver short term stability shall be better than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
measured over a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] minute period.
21
98
3.2.6.7.4 DCAAS Measurement Accuracy
At the MDS level, the DCAAS process will measure the relative power in a
channel to within +/- [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB with [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
% confidence.
3.2.7 FIXED FREQUENCY COMMAND RECEIVER
The following requirements may be met through other demonstrably equivalent
means. In order to provide a basic backup power cycling capability, the
satellite shall have a fixed frequency command receiver capable of receiving a
limited number of commands that are unique to each satellite. To prevent
unauthorized access, this receiver is intended to be insensitive to the point
that a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Watt EIRP Earth based transmitter will be
incapable of generating a response from the receiver regardless of the
orientation of the satellite. The receiver shall operate off of the subscriber
receive antenna via a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB directional coupler.
3.2.7.1 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Sensitivity
A properly modulated signal introduced at the satellite antenna port at a level
of -[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBm shall not be demodulated. A properly modulated
signal introduced at the satellite antenna port at a level of -[CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dBm shall be reliability demodulated [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
percent of the time.
3.2.7.2 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Frequency
The Fixed Frequency Command Receiver will be fix-tuned to a frequency within
the Gateway uplink (149.585 - 149.635 MHz) such that interaction with the
Gateway TDMA uplink will be minimized.
3.2.7.3 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Stability
The following stability requirements shall be met over all spacecraft predicted
environmental conditions and operating modes while on orbit. This requirement
refers to the signal as received by the spacecraft, without regard to Doppler
effects. The long term stability shall be such that the received frequency
accuracy is within [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] per year.
3.2.7.4 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Demodulation
The receiver will demodulate a signal with the following characteristics:
Center Frequency (Fc): TBD
Modulation: [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Bit rate: [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Xxxx Frequency (Logical [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]): [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Space Frequency (Logical [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]): [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Center Frequency Uncertainty Tolerance: [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Clock Error Tolerance: [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Command Work Length: [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Commandword Threshold: [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
22
99
The performance shall be as follows:
Probability of correct decoding: [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] % of all command
packets shall be decoded for an uplink EIRP of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW.
Command word requirements: The code words shall differ in at least
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] bits for all codewords in a family. This includes
relative phase shifts.
3.2.7.5 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Dynamic Range
The Fixed Frequency Command Receiver shall meet performance specifications at
an input to the subscriber antenna of -[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBm and under
the interference conditions described in section 3.2.3.4.
3.2.7.6 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Duty Cycle
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
3.2.7.7 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Polarization
The fixed frequency command receiver shall operate through the subscriber
receive antenna.
3.2.7.8 Fixed Frequency Command Receiver Command Set
The accepted commands shall be uniquely addressable to each satellite.
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] The reset command, when received, will remove power
from a particular unit or subsystem for a time sufficient to clear any latchup
condition in the microprocessors and/or digital signal processor in the unit.
Upon the re-application of power the effected unit shall automatically re-boot.
There shall also be a self-check command with corresponding telemetry.
The receiver is intended to be an independent functional path; therefore, to
the greatest extent possible it shall not be affected by any failures or
anomalous conditions of the satellite bus or payload.
3.2.8 MESSAGE PROCESSING REQUIREMENTS
Message processing refers to the creation, interpretation and routing of
packets to carry out the functions of the ORBCOMM system. This includes:
generation of system information and communications control as defined in the
following paragraphs.
3.2.8.1 Throughput
The spacecraft processor must be able to perform all required packet based
functions under the following loading(8):
----------------------
(8) These loading levels represent long term mean levels at the peaks
([CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] minutes). Testing will be done with Poisson
23
100
a) VHF Uplink Channels -- Packets per minute at a rate equivalent to
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]% of all slots containing detectable packets;
b) VHF Downlink Channels -- All channels (continuous and surge) loaded to
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]% of capacity with message traffic to the
subscribers (the rest is system overhead, ACKS, and polling commands);
c) UHF Downlink to Subscriber -- Since the UHF transmission is a beacon
there are no packet based functions;
d) Gateway Uplink and Downlink -- All packets received from subscriber are
downlinked to the gateway and all packets sent to subscribers are
uplinked from the gateway.
3.2.8.2 Response Times
Under the loading described above the following maximum response times are
expected:
a) Relay of Subscriber Uplink Packets -- Uplinked traffic from the
subscribers will be placed in the gateway downlink queue within
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] milliseconds of the reception of the last bit
of an error free subscriber uplink packet.
b) Gateway Uplink Acknowledgment -- A positive acknowledgment shall be in
the gateway downlink queue within [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] milliseconds
of the reception of the last bit of an error free gateway uplink packet.
c) Relay of Subscriber Downlink Packets -- Traffic to the subscribers,
uplinked from the gateway will be placed in the subscriber downlink
queue within [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] milliseconds of the reception of
the last bit of the error free gateway uplink packet containing the
traffic to relay.
3.2.8.3 Message Storage
Packets are not normally required to be stored on the satellite any longer than
it takes to process them and clock them out of the downlink queues. The
exception to this is the "Globalgram", store and forward, transport function
which is to be used whenever there is no NCC connected to the spacecraft. A
minimum of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] megabytes of memory shall be reserved to
store such Globalgrams in an analogous manner to the way in which telemetry is
archived when there is no virtual circuit available to the SCC.
3.2.8.4 Maximum CPU Loading
A 30% margin in CPU capacity for all CPUs handling communication traffic and
telemetry, excluding DSPs, will be maintained over that required by both the
ORBCOMM Network software and satellite bus software at peak traffic loading and
under realistic satellite operational modes.
---------------------
model traffic generators with these mean levels of packet generation.
24
101
3.2.9 Subscriber Network Communications Control
Each ORBCOMM satellite serves as a communications controller for all subscriber
terminals that are receiving and processing the control channel transmitted by
that satellite. Communications control consists of:
a) Dynamic allocation of the uplink channel pool;
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
c) Reservation Mode Channel Assignment; and
d) Downlink traffic management.
3.2.9.1 Uplink Channel Dynamic Allocation
The satellite uses a technique called the Dynamic Channel Activity Assignment
System (DCAAS) to allow the subscriber terminals to communicate effectively in
the presence of nearly co-channel uplink interference. This allows uplink
channel frequencies to be reassigned in response to measured and predicted
statistical time variation of channel use by the interfering services. The
software to be used to control the DCAAS functions in the subscriber receivers
shall be provided by ORBCOMM. All of the subscriber uplink receivers shall be
able to function as DCAAS receivers under software control.
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
3.2.9.3 Reservation Messaging
Messages are transmitted in a reservation or polled mode in which the
subscriber is allocated a receiver and time-slot in which to transmit a message
packet. The frequency and time corrections gained from the previous
acquire/communicate cycle are be used when transmitting the reservation burst.
Uplinks used for reservation access from the subscribers have a similar format
to the random access, but also indicate the amount of data transmitted following
the preamble as assigned by the network. This format is used for inbound message
packets and Globalgrams. (See, Part 2 of the ORBCOMM System Definition,
entitled ORBCOMM System Architecture Overview for specific formats)
25
102
3.2.9.4 Downlink Traffic Management
Each satellite may have more than 1 downlink channel active. [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
3.3 SATELLITE BUS
3.3.1 POWER SUBSYSTEM
The Power Subsystem supplies DC power to the bus and the communications
payload. Prime DC power will be obtained from solar arrays. Batteries will be
used to supply power during the eclipse periods. As a minimum, the Power
Subsystem shall provide the necessary electrical power to operate the
communications payload receivers, transmitters and processors for the required
duty cycles.
During low voltage operations, the power subsystem will be designed to have
load shedding capability such that appropriate portions of the payload will be
dropped from the power system prior to the command and telemetry functions.
Under very low voltage conditions, the satellite will be autonomously placed
into a safe condition from which it will automatically recover if bus voltages
rise. The power management system of the spacecraft shall only shut off the
transmitters in an emergency situation. Full operation will be restored with
ground intervention.
Battery charge control shall be autonomous in accounting for changes in battery
temperature and battery capacity over time. The battery charge control
algorithm shall be designed to maximize battery life. Sufficient power system
telemetry will be provided to permit the battery charge/discharge rate to be
calculated on the ground to within [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] accuracy.
It shall be possible to power cycle each unit or subsystem on the spacecraft
under ground command. All power system switches shall be ground-commandable.
3.3.1.1 BATTERY DESIGN LIFE
Battery capacity shall be sized to provide for five years(9) of operation in
the design orbit at the duty cycles specified in section 3.3.1.5.
------------------
(9) For the purposes of demonstrating battery life the Contractor may assume
that following: Duty cycles shown in the table in 3.3.1.5 may be reduced,
in eclipse, to meet this lifetime requirement. In particular, the STX may
have to be backed down by up to 2 dB in eclipse, in relation to the Low
Power Mode, during the first 2.5 years of life. This actions may be
necessary to extend the operational lifetime of the batteries to 5 years.
26
103
3.3.1.2 Overvoltage and Undervoltage Protection
The power system and the individual units shall be designed so that no unit
will be damaged as a result of bus voltages between [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
volts and the worst-case maximum expected voltage for each power bus.
3.3.1.3 Solar Array
Solar arrays must sustain any expected shadow geometry without damage. The
cells of the arrays shall be laid out to minimize shadowing losses and induced
magnetic moments.
3.3.1.4 Solar Array Lifetime
The solar array shall be able to supply the required DC power to meet the duty
cycle requirements of section 3.3.1.5 after five years of operational the
design orbit. The analysis of degradation shall take into account lifetime
radiation dosage, contamination of arrays, degradation of cover slides, worst
case thermal conditions and any expected ACS performance degradations.
3.3.1.5 Unit Level Power Consumption Duty Cycles
The unit level duty cycles are given in Table 2.
The spacecraft power subsystem shall be capable of operating all units at power
levels consistent with each unit at its maximum expected steady state power
consumption for a sustained period.
TABLE 2 UNIT LEVEL DUTY CYCLES
unit duty cycle
---- ----------
Subscriber Transmitter Low Power Mode(10) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Subscriber Transmitter High Power Mode [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Subscriber Receivers 1-6 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Gateway Transmitter [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT](11)
Gateway Receiver [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
UHF Beacon [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
The power system shall be sized to be able to support all required bus power
consumption and the following communications unit duty cycles, averaged over
the orbit, for [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]% of all orbits at the end of the fifth
year of operation. Duty cycles in eclipse periods will be the same as in
sunlight.
---------------
(10) High Power Mode is defined as operation at the maximum EIRP as defined in
3.2.1.1. Low Power Mode is defined a operation at EIRP of [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dB below that of the High Power Mode.
(11) Unit is active at all times, [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] out of the
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] downlink bursts are transmitted.
27
104
3.3.2 ATTITUDE CONTROL/STATION KEEPING SUBSYSTEM
The Attitude Control System (ACS) must maintain nadir(12) pointing accuracy
within [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees Circular Error Probability (CEP) and
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] sigma. The ACS shall
include an autonomous self righting capability.
Each spacecraft shall be kept at a relative position in the orbit within
+/-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees of nominal. If a propulsive station-keeping
system is employed, each satellite will be capable of being repositioned twice
during the lifetime on the constellation. Repositioning will require the
satellite to be moved [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees, relative to its starting
position in the orbit plane within [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] days. Total delta V
required for a mission life will be determined. The ACS/Station Keeping System
will be sufficient to meet mission requirements with a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
margin.
There are no cross-plane station keeping requirements.
The satellite shall be capable of maintaining any worst case attitude for an
indefinite period of time without sustaining damage due to over- or
under-temperature and with no ground intervention. On-board software to control
heaters and to reduce transmitter power may be employed to meet this
requirement.
3.3.3 NAVIGATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
The on-board GPS receiver shall be utilized to determine satellite position,
velocity and GPS time at a minimum of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] second intervals.
The position and velocity shall be converted to Earth Centered Earth Fixed
(ECEF) Cartesian coordinates for insertion into the subscriber downlink control
channels. Summary data, taken at maximum of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] minute
intervals shall be stored for ten orbits. This shall be made available for
downlink telemetry transmissions.
The navigation processing functions can also use orbital elements uplinked from
the Spacecraft Operations Center to calculate current orbit position as a
function of GPS time. This orbit determination will be combined with the outputs
from the GPS receiver, using a Kalman filter or other technique, to remove a
large portion of the "selective availability" degradation in the C/A code. This
orbital information will be transmitted to the user terminals, via the downlink
control channels, allowing them to calculate their position based on Doppler
frequency measurement. Spacecraft position shall be communicated to the ORBCOMM
network software to an accuracy of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] meters (spherical
error probability, SEP) and spacecraft velocity shall be communicated to the
subscriber terminals to an accuracy of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] meters per
second RMS.
3.3.4 TELEMETRY, TRACKING, AND COMMAND SUBSYSTEM
The telemetry system shall include a wide range of voltage, current,
temperature, attitude and other sensors. This data needs to be archived and/or
monitored for exceptions for the six or seven orbit duration when a spacecraft
is not within view of the U.S. The NCC/GES link and network layers allow
connection to any GES to send commands or retrieve telemetry. Telemetry will be
downlinked using packets in an identical manner as the ORBCOMM traffic packets
---------------
(12) The "nadir" direction is defined as the direction from the satellite to the
center of the Earth.
28
105
collected by the satellite. Priority will be given to traffic packets unless the
satellite is explicitly commanded to "maintenance" mode. A basic set of "core"
telemetry should always be transmitted, with higher volume archive "dumps" made
on command from the ground control stations.
"Tracking" will be done via the on-board GPS receiver, therefore no radar
transponder or range and range rate equipment is required. For the purpose of
ground based orbit determination, the on-board GPS receiver shall deliver at a
minimum [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] minutes arcs of GPS data (on different orbits)
a day.
The spacecraft will have to respond to commands to switch devices on and off and
to set the state of redundancy switching, if any. The other commands will be to
the orbit acquisition thruster(s). Commands will be uplinked in packets to the
satellite in an identical manner as the packets to be directed onward to
subscriber terminals. The command system will contain a level of software
protection and command verification capability. A rudimentary command system
shall be accessible via the a subscriber uplink channel(s). This shall be
protected from intentional or unintentional unauthorized use. It is not
envisioned that any of the redundancy switching be automatic on the spacecraft.
Fault detection should cause the satellite to enter a known "safe" mode.
The spacecraft shall transmit a verification to the ground which indicates
whether a transmitted command was received by the satellite.
The spacecraft shall be capable of handling stored commands which will execute
at a predefined future time. Verification of the execution of these
time-triggered stored commands shall be stored in on-board software and
downlinked with backorbit data.
The spacecraft shall be capable of handling stored commands which will execute
at a predefined geographic location. This capability shall be as a minimum
command format containing a latitude/longitude point and a radius. The command
shall execute and be deleted whenever the distance from the current
sub-satellite point and the point stored in the command format is less than the
distance stored in the command format. Verification of the execution of these
time-triggered stored commands shall be stored in on-board software and
downlinked with backorbit data.
3.3.5 RESET PHILOSOPHY AND SEU CONTROL TECHNIQUES
The Contractor shall develop a rational, comprehensive, implementable philosophy
to deal with single event upset (SEU's) and microprocessor and DSP software
malfunctions. Techniques developed based on this philosophy will be presented to
ORBCOMM for approval prior to implementation.
3.3.6 Spacecraft Software
The satellites shall be capable of having operational software reloaded from the
ground to fix any bugs which are discovered in the flight software after launch.
The nominal time to upload
29
106
any one code segment shall not exceed [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] to allow for
retries during a pass. During the code upload process, the satellite shall be
capable of entering a "safe" mode, with adequate functionality to allow uploads
over the next two orbits. To the greatest extent practical, software parameters,
as opposed to code, shall be partitioned into a separate smaller packet which
can be uplinked separately.
The spacecraft processors shall host customer furnished Satellite Network
Software. The Contractor-provided satellite software and operating system shall
interface with the Satellite Network Software as required to implement the
requirements of this document including:
a) commercially acceptable real time multi-tasking operating system support
b) providing sufficient memory and CPU cycles, as well as system resources
c) passing messages to other network software tasks intra or inter unit
d) passing received acquisition bursts ( data, time and frequency )
e) passing received communicate bursts which pass the checksum calculation
f) passing all reservation bursts
g) passing power spectrum scans
h) accepting commands to set receiver frequency and mode
i) accepting commands to change the power scan parameters
k) passing valid ephemeris packets
l) delivery of GPS 1 pulse-per-second (pps) timing messages
m) passing telemetry to downlink
n) accepting uplink dam from the SCC
o) accepting commands to change the subscriber transmitter channel number
p) servicing a multi-priority queue of subscriber downlink information for
each transmitter
q) ensuring that the subscriber transmitter unique word transmission time
remains locked to the GPS 1 pps signal as described in section 2.6.3.4
of the ORBCOMM System definition
r) ensuring that the GPS 1 pps (or backup) synchronizes the timing between
the subscriber receiver and subscriber transmitter
s) accepting commands to turn the UHF transmitter on or off
The interface shall be specified in an Interface Control Document to be
controlled following PDR.
3.4 SATELLITE CONTROL CENTER (SCC)
The facilities of the satellite control center include computers, monitor
consoles and software required for the ORBCOMM satellite control staff to
monitor and operate the ORBCOMM constellation.
3.4.1 SCC FUNCTIONS
The SCC monitors satellite health, maintains accurate orbital elements, and
controls the individual satellites and the entire constellation.
30
107
3.4.1.1 Telemetry Monitoring
As each satellite comes into view of the U.S. gateway network, the satellite
control center will command the satellite to transmit archived telemetry. Under
normal conditions, the telemetry shall be of lower priority than subscriber
traffic.
The telemetry data from all spacecraft shall be able to be displayed on any SCC
screen. The telemetry will be compared with pre-recorded values and one of three
status conditions determined, for each telemetry point: (i) within limits, (ii)
out of limits caution or (iii) out of limits critical. If either of conditions
(ii) or (iii) is determined, a console alarm will be initiated. For condition
(iii) console alarms will include both audio and visual alarms. The alarmed
telemetry points shall be automatically displayed on a video screen and
highlighted.
The specific telemetry and command screens shall be configured by screen
description files able to be modified by standard text editors such as "vi" or
"emacs".
The accumulated performance data and telemetry shall be stored in a database and
periodically archived to magnetic tape or compact disc.
The following functions shall be provided by the SCC for telemetry monitoring:
a) capability to handle [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] telemetry (satellite)
and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] data (GES) streams simultaneously
b) provide for satellite specific limit sensing and notification
through visual and audible alarms
c) support satellite specific coefficients and limits
d) support the incorporation of monitoring and control screens for GES
data, Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) agents
e) staleness of the telemetry should be indicated in some fashion
f) ability to automate State-Of-Health procedures
g) ability to priority track one satellite
h) capability to utilize non-US based GES facilities for monitoring and
command
3.4.1.2 Command Generation and Verification
A menu driven command and command-macro formatting system will be used to create
and verify commands to be sent to the spacecraft. All commands will be capable
of being generated for, sent to, verified and executed on all spacecraft in the
ORBCOMM Constellation.
A satellite command simulator will be available to test the effect of commands
and command-macros to ensure that potentially hazardous commands may be
identified prior to use within the system. The SCC will require operator
verification prior to sending hazardous commands.
"The following functions shall be provided by the SCC for commanding:
a) ability to execute scripts based on time tags or preset telemetry
triggers
b) ability to create command scripts real-time
c) ability to string scripts together
d) capability to automate script activation per; conditions,
time-tags, etc.
31
108
e) notification of and requirement for manual intervention to send
hazardous (illegal) commands
f) support commanding of at least ten satellites simultaneously
g) menu driven system
h) command verification system
i) clear indication of which satellite is being commanded
j) each satellite shall be individually addressable
3.4.1.3 Archive and Report Generation Functions
The following functions shall be provided by the SCC for telemetry archiving:
a) provide short-term storage of telemetry data ([CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] months)
b) provide permanent storage of telemetry data (tape or optical disk)
c) ability to access archival system from a PC, workstation, or via
modem
d) daily and/or post-pass report generation and distribution (i.e.
email)
e) autonomous scanning and trending of Back-Orbit Data (BOD) with
notification of out-of-limits conditions real-time
f) ability to playback archived data on flight workstations
g) capability to playback data at variable speeds, faster than
Real-Time (R/T), slower than R/T, R/T rates
h) ability to step through archived data one frame at a time
i) transparent archiving to real-time operations (parallel)
j) archive system shall be able to provide tools for plots, trending,
performance analysis, report generation
k) export data in format used by user developed tools.
3.4.1.4 SCC Operations System Capabilities
The following functions shall be provided by the SCC equipment:
a) performance of State-Of-Health (SOH) procedure automatically
b) performance of BOD automatically
c) provide redundant systems (hot back-ups)
d) ability to add workstations
e) provide capability to develop flight screens
1) library of defined objects
2) user friendly building tools
f) capability to view any satellite on any workstation (monitor)
g) capability to rapidly transfer from one satellite to another
h) ability to update selected database parameters during real-time
operations without slowing down system, or having to reconfigure
i) ability to incorporate user-developed extensions to the baseline
functionality via hooks, library calls, or similar means.
3.4.1.5 Orbit Determination and Maneuver Planning
Each satellite's orbital elements will be maintained daily by the SCC, based on
telemetry data
32
109
from the GPS receivers onboard the spacecraft. These parameters will be stored
and supplied to the NCC daily.
The SCC will contain all of the software required to provide for maneuver
planning for the number of satellites defined in the procurement contract.
Maneuver planning will include, as a minimum, maintenance of in-plane satellite
spacing, GN2 usage prediction and control, thermal control and prediction, power
handling and prediction and attitude control system simulation and control.
The SCC shall contain software that will be able to do orbit determination which
supports the following features at a minimum.
a) Graphical display of residuals
b) Be able to solve-for drag and/or solar radiation pressure
c) Determine times and parameters associated with event functions
triggered by:
1) apsides
2) equator crossings
3) entering/exiting eclipses
4) Latitude & Longitude Box
d) Input/Output coordinates
1) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
2) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
3) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
4) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
e) Input/Output options
1) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
2) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
3) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
f) Variable Satellite Area modeling
3.4.1.6 SCC Equipment, Delivery, Training and Documentation
The following equipment at a minimum, including hardware, software and
documentation shall be delivered concurrently with the spacecraft.
a) The SCC computer hardware shall consist of modem user friendly
commercial grade workstations. The SCC hardware shall be operated on
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] volt, [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Hz single
phase power. All user documentation shall be provided in advance
of system handover.
b) Software provided in system shall include user documentation.
Software documentation shall include all source code, including
sufficient comments to make the code understandable to a software
engineer familiar with the language and the specific satellite
subsystems.
c) Subsystem/system operations handbook(s) shall be provided. Including
telemetry and command screen definitions, complete listings of all
telemetry points and commands,
33
110
all limits and coefficients, satellite specific annexes/tables,
functional overview complete with schematics, telemetry packet
definitions, and failure procedures and workarounds where
appropriate.
d) Perform system status handover briefing on each subsystem and on
the ground based equipment. Including, workarounds, known anomalies,
resolved anomalies, suggested operations, and any other pertinent
data regarding operations.
3.4.2 INTERFACE TO NETWORK CONTROL CENTER MESSAGE PROCESSOR (MP)
There are two primary interfaces between the SCC and the remainder of the
ORBCOMM system: Satellites (via XXXx), and NCC Network Management and Control.
3.4.2.1 SATELLITES
The links to the satellites, via the XXXx, are built over BSD sockets. The MP
shall host a task to provide sequenced delivery of frames to/from the
satellites. This software will be provided by ORBCOMM.
3.4.2.2 NCC Network Management and Control Interfaces
This section describes the network management signaling between the SCC and the
U.S. NCC. There an primarily four types of communication between the two
systems:
1. The NCC must know the status of each satellite in order to
minimize queuing delays and reduce the possibility of
subscriber terminals driving the satellite receivers into
saturation.
2. The NCC must be able to obtain updated orbital elements in
order to accurately schedule the connections with the XXXx.
3. The NCC shall provide a mechanism for the SCC to request
precedence tracking of a malfunctioning spacecraft.
4. The NCC shall provide the SCC operators with a schedule of
satellite connections.
The signaling from the SCC to the NCC is generally achieved using the TCP/IP
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) agent process running on the SCC.
The SCC SNMP agent will be supplied by ORBCOMM and is accessible to SCC
processes by simple function calls.
3.4.2.2.1 SCC GENERATED SIGNALS/INFORMATION
THE SCC will send three signals to the MP: telemetry affecting network
through put, orbital elements, and tracking requests.
34
111
3.4.2.2.1.1 Telemetry Affecting Network Throughput
This telemetry includes, but may not be limited to, the status of satellite
transmitters and receivers, the nadir pointing vector, scheduled outages,
low-power conditions, etc. An SNMP variable is associated with each telemetry
dam point. and the value must be continuously updated and sent (via function
call) to the SNMP process running on the SCC. The SNMP process will contain
thresholds which indicate whether the value of the telemetry data point
constitutes an alarm condition. If an alarm exists, an alert is automatically
sent to the NCC.
3.4.2.2.1 Tracking Requests
The SCC shall be able to request a particular GES site to track a particular
satellite, priority track with a particular GES, or cancel a previous tracking
request by sending the appropriate signals to the SNMP agent. When priority
tracking a satellite, the NCC shall maintain a link with that spacecraft
whenever possible. When priority tracking with a particular GES, that GES will
be used for tracking whenever it has view of a satellite over any other GES with
a view of the same satellite. A later signal, also directed to the SNMP agent,
shall clear the condition.
35
112
ANNEX A - SUBSCRIBER LINK IMPLEMENTATION BUDGET
ITEM VALUE UNIT COMMENT
Satellite Altitude 775 km
User Elevation Angle 5 Deg
User Data Rate 4800 bps
Downlink Frequency 137.5 MHz
Transmit EIRP [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW See Below
Spreading Loss [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB/m(2)
Atmospheric Losses [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
Polarization Losses [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Multipath Fade Losses [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
Satellite Pointing Loss [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
Area of an Isotrope [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBm2
------
Power @ User Antenna [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW
Subscriber G/T [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB/K See Below
------
Received Pr/No @ LNA [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBHz
Data Rate [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBHz
------
Received Eb/No [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
Required Eb/No [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Implementation Margin [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
Interference Margin [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Percentile Interference
Required Link Margin [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
------
Remaining Margin [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
SATELLITE EIRP CALCULATION
--------------------------
User HPA Power [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW
Line/Filter Losses [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
Antenna Gain [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
EIRP [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW
Satellite Axial Ratio [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
USER G/T ESTIMATE [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
------------------
Est. Antenna Temperature [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Gain @ 5 Deg [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Losses [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
LNA NF [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
------ ---
Totals [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
G/T [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
36
000
XXXXX X - XXXXXXX LINK IMPLEMENTATION BUDGET
ITEM VALUE UNIT COMMENT
Transmit EIRP [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW
Spreading Loss [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB/m(2)
Pointing Loss [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
Atmospheric Losses [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Polarization Losses [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Multipath Fade Losses [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
Area of an Isotrope [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBm2
------
Power @ Satellite Antenna [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW
Gateway G/T [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB/K [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Degredation due to excess [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
sky noise
------
Received C/No [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBHz
Data Rate [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBHz
------
Received Eb/No [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
Required Eb/No [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Implementation Loss [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
Interference Margin [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB Based on FM 1/2 experience
Required Link Margin [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
------
Remaining Margin [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB
37
114
EXHIBIT A, PART 2
Statement of Work and Specifications
For
ORBCOMM CONSTELLATION
Launch Services
HAPS Relayout and IMU Development Included
September 8, 1995
115
1. INTRODUCTION AND OBJECTIVES
This Statement of Work (SOW) describes the tasks to be performed by OSC/Launch
Services Group (LSG) in providing three space launches for ORBCOMM Global's
Low-Earth orbit satellite communications program (the "ORBCOMM System"). A
fourth Pegasus launch is optional and shall contain all the tasks listed in this
SOW for the first three launches. The intent of this contract is for the OSC/LSG
to perform all tasks necessary to place OSC/SESG furnished payloads into the
required orbit as described in section 3.1.1 Mission Requirements. As set forth
herein, OSC/LSG shall furnish the necessary management, labor, facilities and
materials to manufacture, test, integrate, support, and launch three Pegasus
launch vehicles to place the OSC/SESG furnished payloads into the prescribed
orbit. Each launch includes the Pegasus XL Launch Vehicle, the Hydrazine
Auxiliary Propulsion System (HAPS), payload integration activities, mission
peculiar activities, all spare parts, maintenance activities, and the launch
operations needed in support of the Pegasus.
The launches supplied by OSC/LSG shall use an appropriate configuration of the
launch vehicle. The interface characteristics, environmental conditions to which
the payload is exposed and vehicle system requirements shall be described in an
Interface Control Document (ICD), which will be developed for the ORBCOMM
missions defined by this contract. The signed ICD shall supersede any
conflicting specifications set forth in this SOW.
2. GENERAL BACKGROUND
The ORBCOMM System is a constellation of at least 26 gravity gradient stabilized
satellites designed to relay VHF radio packets between ground users. Each launch
shall consist of eight satellites.
2.1. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS
2.1.1. REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
Detailed Mission Requirements (DMR) Document
DMR Mission Annex
Program Requirements Document (PRD)
PRD Mission Annex
Launch Checklists
Mission Constraints Document
116
2.1.2. COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTS
Both parties shall comply with the following documents, as they may be modified
from time to time.
DOCUMENT NUMBER TITLE
--------------- -----
RSM-93 Range Safety Manual for Xxxxxxx Space Flight Center/Wallops
Flight Facility (GSFC/WFF)
EWR 127/1 Eastern and Western Range Safety Requirements
SSD-TD-0005 Payload Safety Design Criteria
SSD-TD-0018 Pegasus Safety Requirements Document for Ground Operations
[TBD] ORBCOMM Constellation/Pegasus Interface Control Document
3. CONTRACTOR TASKS
OSC/LSG shall provide full launch services, including launch vehicles, interface
engineering and coordination, operations planning, and launch base processing
for three launch events.
3.1. PEGASUS LAUNCH SERVICES
3.1.1. MISSION REQUIREMENTS
The Pegasus shall provide a minimum lift capability and injection accuracy to
meet the requirements listed in Table 3-1 with 3-sigma probability.
PARAMETER REQUIREMENT
Payload Weight (lbs) 760
Plane 1 Target Orbit (km) 000 Xxxxxxxx*
Xxxxx 1 Minimum Perigee (km) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Plane 1 Maximum Apogee (km) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Plane 2-3 Target Orbit (km) Plane 1 Orbit Actual
Plane 2-3 Minimum Perigee (km) Plane 1 Orbit Actual -[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Plane 2-3 Maximum Apogee (km) Plane 1 Orbit Actual +[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Plane 1 Inclination (degrees) 45.0 +/- [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Plane 2-3 Inclination (degrees) Plane 1 Inclination +/- [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
Table 3-1 Mission Orbital Requirements
*Orbit shall be adjusted downward based on actual payload weight by
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] km/lb of weight over 760 lbm.
117
If a fourth Pegasus is launched, orbital parameters shall conform with
requirements for Plane 2.3 set forth in Table 3-1.
3.1.2. LAUNCH VEHICLE
3.1.2.1. Pegasus Program Management
OSC/LSG shall provide a single point of contact, the Pegasus Program Manager,
for all program-related matters. The program manager has full authority and
responsibility for all program management, vehicle production, payload
coordination and launch operations required to successfully conduct the
program.
3.1.2.2. Mission Integration Services
3.1.2.2.1. Management
OSC/LSG shall provide a single point of contact, the Mission Manager, for all
mission-related matters. The Mission Manager has full authority delegated to
him/her within budget and schedule limits, and has full responsibility for
scheduling and procuring the resources required to successfully conduct the
mission.
3.1.2.2.2. Schedule
OSC/LSG shall perform procurement, analysis, integration and test activities
for each mission during the baseline mission cycle.
3.1.2.2.3. Documentation
OSC/LSG shall prepare, edit, coordinate, and maintain the documents listed in
Table 3-2 for the Pegasus mission (launch specific dates in parenthesis).
Item Document Delivery Dates
---- -------- --------------
1 Preliminary Mission Analysis (PMA) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
2 PRD Mission Annex [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
3 DMR Mission Annex [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
4 Operations Requirements (OR) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
5 Interface Control Document (ICD) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
6 Safety Data Package (SDP) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
7 Consolidated Final Schedule (CFS) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
8 Final Mission Analysis (FMA) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
9 Launch and LPO Checklists [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
10 Mission Constraints Document (MCD) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
11 Final Mission Report (FMR) (Mar 97, Jun 97, Sept 97)
Table 3-2. Standard Pegasus Mission Related Documents
118
3.1.2.2.4. Analysis
OSC shall perform the following analysis for each Pegasus mission:
3.1.2.2.4.1 Pre-Launch Analysis
1. Mission feasibility studies (as required).
2. Preliminary Mission Analysis supporting range resource requirements
and mission compatibility.
3. Final trajectory design analysis supporting the Mission Data Load,
range safety tapes, flight checklists, and FMA.
4. Guidance analysis to determine dispersions and injection accuracies.
5. Stability and control analysis to characterize autopilot stability and
aerodynamic parameters.
6. Launch Vehicle mass properties analysis and mass data maintenance.
7. Power systems analysis to support power budget and verify energy and
load margins.
8. Link analysis to determine telemetry and flight termination system link
margins.
3.1.2.2.4.2. Post-Launch Analysis
1. Quick-look assessment within 24 hours after launch to include
preliminary trajectory performance data, orbital accuracy estimates,
system performance evaluations, and mission success assessments.
2. A Final post-launch evaluation within eight weeks of launch to include
actual trajectory, event times, environments, reduced telemetry data,
and comparison studies with predicted performance.
3.1.2.2.5. Working Groups
OSC/LSG shall maintain responsibility for launch vehicle mission-specific
working groups. OSC shall organize, convene, and schedule the meetings,
provide chairpersons or co-chairpersons, develop and coordinate meeting
agendas, track action items, and gather and distribute all pre- and
post-meeting materials such as view graphs, minutes and action items.
The mission-specific working groups shall be responsible for
1. Ensuring compliance with range safety and other range related
requirements.
2. Identifying and obtaining range tracking, telemetry and command control
services.
3. Planning and implementing all ground and flight operations.
4. Developing, coordinating, and releasing all safety documentation, and
flight checklists.
5. Developing, coordinating and presenting all required range safety and
flight readiness reviews.
119
6. All mission-specific analysis.
7. Coordinating interface and support requirements for the payload and
mission.
8. Mission-specific flight operations planning.
9. Developing, coordinating, and releasing mission specific documentation:
PRD Mission Annex, DMR Mission Annex, the OR Mission Annex and the
Interface Control Document.
3.1.2.3 Payload Design Parameters
3.1.2.3.1. Payload Interfaces
The Pegasus XL shall provide payload interface services and accommodations
consistent with the following specifications:
3.1.2.3.1.1. Payload Mechanical Interfaces
The Pegasus XL shall utilize the OSC/SESG developed avionics section with
integral MicroStar separation brackets.
3.1.2.3.1.2. Payload Electrical Interfaces
OSC/LSG shall provide the launch vehicle side of the J30/4W1 MicroStar payload
interface connection cable and supply OSC/SESG with a connector. The interface
shall be as defined in section 3.2. Additional Payload Services and the ICD. A
block diagram of the interface is presented in Figure 3-1, Payload Electrical
Interface. OSC/SESG shall be responsible for fabricating the cables.
The standard interface also provides for up to 10 pass-through wires (5 twisted
shielded pair) as listed in Section 3.1.3.3.2.2 for signals or power to/from the
Launch Panel Operator's station on-board the carrier aircraft. This service uses
the same interface connector as the discrete commands and is only available
during flight line operations and
120
captive carry.
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 3-1. Payload Electrical Interface
3.1.2.3.1.3. Payload Avionics Interfaces/Services
The Pegasus avionics section shall provide for the following interfaces and
services:
3.1.2.3.1.3.1. Special Instrumentation System
OSC/LSG shall provide the hardware, software and interfaces for instrumentation
necessary to evaluate successful satisfaction of environmental criteria for
mission success.
3.1.2.3.1.3.2. Payload Orientation and Spin-up Capability
Following orbit insertion, the Pegasus Stage 3/Avionics Section can execute a
series of predetermined reaction control system commands in the Mission Data
Load to provide the desired initial payload attitude prior to payload
separation.
For an inertially fixed attitude, orientation of the payload is achieved to
+/-2.0 degrees angular position and nominal rates of 2.0 degrees per second in
pitch and yaw and 5.0 degrees per second in roll.
3.1.2.3.2. Payload Environments
3.1.2.3.2.1. Payload Acceleration Environment
Table 3-3 illustrates the primary acceleration load conditions experienced
during a Pegasus integration and launch operation. The accelerations listed are
design limit loads (expected loads plus uncertainties) and apply to the payload
interface plane (which must be properly transferred to the payload center of
gravity).
121
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Environment Acceleration
(g's)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ax Ay Az
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Static Quasi Static Quasi Static Quasi
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Taxi, Captive Flight, Plus/Minus N/A Plus/Minus N/A +3.6/-1.0 N/A
& Abort Landing 1.0 0.7
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aerodynamic -3.7 Plus/Minus Plus/Minus Plus/Minus +2.33 Plus/Minus
Pull-up 1.0 0.2 1.0 1.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stage Burn-out 9.5 Plus/Minus Plus/Minus Plus/Minus Plus/Minus Plus/Minus
1.0 0.2 1.0 0.2 1.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3-3. Payload Acceleration Environment
Drop Transient Acceleration: Because of the oscillatory nature of the drop
transient response, significant dynamic amplification of the accelerations are
expected throughout the spacecraft. The payload mass distribution, stiffness,
and length of the primary structure greatly affect the amplification level. The
payload is responsible for translating these loads. To avoid dynamic coupling
of the Pegasus, the payload must be designed with a structural stiffness to
insure the first fundamental frequency of the payload is greater than 20 Hz.
OSC/LSG recommends that two coupled loads analysis, a preliminary and a
verification, be performed to validate the initial payload design loads.
3.1.2.3.2.2. Payload Vibration Environment
The random vibration levels shall remain within the flight limit shown in
Figure 3-2.
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION]
Figure 3-2. Payload random vibration
122
3.1.2.3.2.3 Payload Shock Environment
The shock response spectrum (SRS) from all launch vehicle events excluding
payload separation shall be within the level shown in Figure 3-3.
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION]
Figure 3-3. Payload pyro-shock environment
3.1.2.3.2.4. Payload Acoustic Environment
Acoustic levels during carrier take-off and free flight shall remain within the
flight limits shown in Figure 3-4.
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION]
Figure 3-4. Acoustic environment.
123
3.1.2.3.2.5. Payload Thermal Environment
The Payload thermal environment for ground, flight line, and captive carry
operations is listed in Table 3-4.
ENVIRONMENT TEMP RANGE (F) CONTROL HUMIDITY (%) PURITY/CLASS
----------- -------------- ------- -------- ------------
VAB/Ground +64 to +84 deg Filtered A/C Less than 50 100K
Operations
Transport to Hot +55 to +75 deg Filtered, Dried Less than 50 100K
Pad Air
HotPad +64 to +84 deg Filtered A/C Less than 50 100K
Operations
L-1011 Captive +64 to +84 deg Filtered A/C Less than 50 100K
Carry
L-1011 +64 to +84 deg Filtered A/C Less than 50 Note 1.
Abort/Contingency
Site
Table 3-4 Payload Thermal Environment
Note 1. Air purity is not maintained, as a standard service, at
abort/contingency sites.
3.1.2.3.2.6. Payload Contamination Environment
During ground-based integration and checkout within the Vehicle Assembly
Building (VAB), OSC shall provide for a Class 100,000 rated clean tent for the
payload if required.
During flight-line and captive carry operations using the L-1011, OSC shall
provide a filtered ground and on-board air conditioning system for the payload.
The system can maintain a positive pressure within the payload fairing
throughout the entire mission up to drop.
No active contamination control is used during Pegasus powered flight; however
the payload fairing has been designed to minimize contamination during the
ascent phase of the flight. The Pegasus fairing has outgassing characteristics
of less than 1% total mass loss and less than 0.1% volatile condensable
materials.
3.1.2.3.2.7. Payload EMI/EMC Environment
Critical Pegasus components have been designed and tested in accordance with
established EMI/EMC Military Standards.
The Pegasus payload fairing is radio frequency (RF) opaque. The frequencies and
maximum radiated signal levels inside the fairing are listed in Tables 3-5 and
3-6. All power, control and signal lines inside the payload fairing are shielded
and properly terminated to minimize the potential for EMI.
124
The Pegasus RF environment is defined in Table 3-5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source 1 2 3 4 5 6
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Function Command Tracking Tracking Instrument Booster GPS
Destruct Transponder Transponder Telemetry Telemetry
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Role Receive Transmit Receive Transmit Transmit Receive
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band UHF C-Band C-Band S-Band S-Band L-Band
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Frequency (MHz) 425 5765 5690 2269.5 2288.5 1575.42
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bandwidth 180 kHz N/A 14 MHz 2.4 MHz 315 kHz 20.46 MHz
@ 3dB @ 3dB @ 3dB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Power Output N/A 000 X Xxxx X/X 0 X 0 X X/X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sensitivity -107 dBm N/A -70 dBm N/A N/A N/A
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Modulation FM Pulse Code Pulse Code FM/FM PCM/FM N/A
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3-5 Pegasus RF Environment
The carrier aircraft RF environment for the PCA is defined in Table 3-6.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Function Long Range Standard Secondary Transponder GPS Video Weather GPS
Comm (2) Comm (2) Comm (2) Radar Relay
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Role Receive Receive Receive Receive Receive Transmit Receive Transmit
Transmit Transmit Transmit Transmit Transmit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band HF VHF UHF L-Band L-Band S-Band X-Band L-Band
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Frequency (MHz) 2.0- 117.0- 225-400 900-1200 1575.42 2210.50 9345.00 1575.42
29.999 135.975 Plus/Minus
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bandwidth Standard Standard Standard 1 MHz 20.46 12 700 20.46
A/C A/C A/C at 00 xX XXx XXx xXx XXx
Radio Radio Radio
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Power Output 1 @ 400W 25 W Each 10 W Each 500 W N/A 10 W 65 kW less than 1W
1 @ 125W
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sensitivity Standard Standard Standard -76 dBm N/A N/A N/A N/A
A/C A/C A/C
Radio Radio Radio
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Modulation Amplitude Amplitude Amplitude Pulse Code N/A FM Pulsed N/A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3-6 PCA RF Environment
3.1.2.3.3. Payload Design Constraints
3.1.2.3.3.1. Payload Volume
The payload fairing dynamic envelope requirement for the ORBCOMM satellite
stack is depicted in Figure 3-5. The dynamic envelope accounts for fairing
deflections due to
125
aerodynamics and the deflection of the Pegasus structure due to lateral loads.
The fairing dynamic envelope does not account for payload dynamic deflections.
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 3-5 Payload Envelope
3.1.2.3.3.2. Payload Center of Mass Constraints
To satisfy bending and buckling loads on the Stage 3 avionics structure and RCS
deadband zones, the axial location of the payload center of gravity (cg) is
restricted as shown in Figure 3-6. Along the Y and Z axes the payload cg must be
within (including tolerances) 1.5 inches of the vehicle centerline.
Payload Mass (lbm)
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 3-6 Payload Center of Mass Constraints
126
3.1.2.3.3.3. Payload EMI/EMC Constraints
Payload RF transmissions are not permitted after fairing mate and prior to
separation of the payload.
The payload supplier must schedule all RF tests at the integration site with OSC
in order to obtain proper range clearances and protection.
3.1.2.3.3.4. Payload Stiffness
Payload must have a natural frequency of greater than 20 Hz to avoid dynamic
coupling with the launch vehicle.
3.1.2.3.3.5. Payload Testing and Analysis
OSC/SESG must perform analysis and testing sufficient to ensure that the safety
of ground and aircraft crew is not compromised. Ultimate factors of safety of
1.5 for man rated events and 1.25 for free flight events must be maintained.
3.1.3 PEGASUS CARRIER AIRCRAFT (PCA)
OSC/LSG shall provide the services of a Pegasus Carrier Aircraft (PCA). The PCA
will be a modified commercial L-1011. The primary integration site will be
Xxxxxxxxxx AFB.
3.1.3.1. Ground/Airborne Support Equipment (GSE/ASE)
OSC shall provide the following GSE/ASE for support of PCA operations:
1. Equipment for transportation, delivery, mating and demating of the
Pegasus XL vehicle and payload to and from the PCA and flight line.
2. Air conditioning equipment to maintain standard payload environmental
control requirements at the integration site and during captive carry.
3. A Launch Panel Operator (LPO) station equipped to support standard
payload services, communications, and Pegasus/payload monitoring.
3.1.3.2. PCA Performance
The PCA shall lift a 22,680 kg (50,000 lb) Pegasus XL/Payload launch system to
at least 11,582 meters (38,000 ft).
127
3.1.3.3. PCA Services
3.1.3.3.1. General Services
The PCA shall be made available for mission support on a priority basis. The
priority for use of the PCA within Pegasus XL launches shall be identical to
that of the launches themselves.
3.1.3.3.2. PCA Payload Services
The PCA shall provide the following payload services during ground and flight
operations:
3.1.3.3.2.1. Power
OSC shall provide up to 250 W (28 to 50 volts +/- 5 volts at 5 amps at the
source) of power for L-1011 operations to the payload during flightline
operations and captive carry flight. The power shall be supplied by the PCA
through the payload interface connector mounted to the Stage 3 avionics deck.
3.1.3.3.2.2. Signals
OSC shall provide five 22 AWG, twisted shielded pair of pass-through wires to
the aircraft launch operator's panel. These wires are available for payload
power (maximum of 5A when Pegasus is unpowered, 3A when Pegasus is powered),
signal pass-throughs, or payload monitoring during flightline operations and
captive carry flight. Each wire pair can be connected to double pole, double
throw (DPDT) switches at the LPO station as required.
3.1.3.3.2.3. On-board Monitoring Capabilities
OSC shall provide on-board payload monitoring capabilities through the OSC
manned LPO station. The LPO station shall be suitably equipped with
communications, safety equipment and accommodations for payload provided
equipment such as a flight-qualified, rack-mountable personal computer or
dedicated power supply.
3.1.4. FACILITIES
3.1.4.1. Ground Support Equipment
OSC shall provide the following standard ground support equipment:
1. An Assembly and Integration Trailer (AIT) and motor dollies for serial
processing of Pegasus XL missions.
2. Equipment for transportation, delivery, loading and unloading of the
Pegasus XL vehicle.
128
3. Equipment for nominal integration and test of a Pegasus XL vehicle.
4. Equipment to maintain standard payload environmental control
requirements.
3.1.4.2. Vehicle Assembly Building
OSC/LSG shall provide a VAB at the primary integration base. The VAB shall
support all standard launch vehicle and payload services.
OSC/LSG shall keep all VAB spaces in a visibly clean condition.
3.1.4.2.1. Payload Integration Area
OSC/LSG shall nominally provide 58 m(2) (625 ft(2)) of space for payload
checkout purposes. The integration area shall be made available to the payload
no earlier than 21 days prior to launch. The payload integration area shall be
equipped with or have access to the following services:
1. 115 Vac/220 Vac, 3 phase power.
2. 75 ft-candles of illumination.
3. Full lightning protection.
4. Continuous grounding strips.
5. Hydraulic lift table, 798 kg (1760 lbs.) capacity, height adjustable
from 33 cm (13 in.) to 104 cm (41 in.).
6. Shop hoist, 907 kg (2000 lbs.) capacity.
7. Davit crane, 2722 kg (6000 lbs.) capacity with boom retracted, 1361 kg
(3000 lbs.) capacity with boom extended.
3.1.4.2.2. Payload Clean Room
OSC/LSG shall provide a 12 ft x 24 ft clean room tent space for final payload
processing and mating. The area may be in addition to or a subset of the
integration area depending on space availability. The clean room area shall be
rated at Class 100,000.
3.1.4.3. Payload Integration Support Office Space
OSC/LSG shall provide on-base office space for payload use starting no earlier
than 1 month prior to a planned launch operation and extending no more than 1
week after launch. OSC/LSG shall provide two sets of office furniture, 1
dedicated telephone line and access to a copy machine for the standard 5-week
integration period.
3.1.4.4. Other Facilities
All other facilities required to support a Pegasus XL launch shall be leased or
shared on an as needed basis. The Wallops Launch Control Center, for example,
shall be utilized
129
by OSC on a shared basis during launch rehearsals and the final launch countdown
sequence.
3.1.5. LAUNCH OPERATIONS
3.1.5. 1. Launch Control Organization
OSC/LSG shall provide for a structured launch control organization consisting of
three basic functional areas:
1. Management Group - ORBCOMM Mission Director, OSC Mission Director,
Range Mission Director, OSC Flight Operations Director.
2. Operations/Engineering Group - Test Conductor, Vehicle Engineer,
Payload Engineer, and Range Control Officers.
3. Airborne Operations Group - Flight Controller and carrier aircraft
crew.
3.1.5.2. Launch Decision Process
OSC/LSG shall provide for a formal launch decision process to obtain coordinated
GO/NO GO status during launch operations. The process shall be structured such
that all critical events and GO/NO GO situations are properly coordinated
through the appropriate Mission Director. The flow for launch decisions shall
mirror the Launch Control Organization, where anomalies are worked by the
appropriate groups and decision making passed to the Management Group.
3.1.5.3. Launch Control Room
OSC/LSG shall provide for a launch control room during launch operations and
mission dress rehearsals. The launch control room shall provide for two payload
dedicated stations equipped with suitable communications and telemetry
monitoring capabilities.
3.1.6. PAYLOAD SERVICES DURING LAUNCH OPERATIONS
3.1.6.1. Payload Delivery
OSC/LSG shall support payload delivery to the integration site no earlier than
21 days prior to launch and no later than seven days prior to launch. OSC/LSG
services and equipment shall be made available on a non-interference basis to
the payload to support delivery and off-loading operations.
3.1.6.2. Payload Processing and Checkout
OSC/LSG shall maintain launch site management and test scheduling
responsibilities throughout the entire launch operations cycle. All work
performed within the VAB shall be scheduled with the OSC site manager.
130
OSC/LSG shall support and schedule any payload Range related or hazardous
testing or operations conducted within the VAB.
OSC/LSG shall support the implementation of any Pegasus/payload integrated
procedures developed by the mission working groups.
3.1.6.3. Abort/Re-cycle/Return to Base Operations
OSC/LSG shall plan for and schedule all contingency landing areas. Support
services supplied to the payload at contingency landing sites shall be provided
on a "best available" basis.
3.1.6.4. Telemetry and Tracking
OSC/LSG shall provide for Pegasus telemetry and tracking services during captive
flight and Pegasus powered flight through Range Safety clearance to orbit. Data
shall be passed to the payload mission control console as determined by the
mission working groups. Only the telemetry and tracking services required by
Range Safety shall be deemed mandatory during a Pegasus XL launch operation.
3.1.7. OTHER SERVICES
OSC/LSG reserves the right to add instrumentation, diagnostics, and other
electronic packages related to improving OSC products on any or all stages.
3.2. ADDITIONAL PAYLOAD SERVICES
OSC/LSG shall provide an RS-485 serial link with the ORBCOMM satellite stack,
shall incorporate a coordinated protocol to enable satellite telemetry data
inclusion through this link into the launch vehicle telemetry stream to a
maximum of 750 bytes per second (150 bytes per major frame), and shall pass the
entire launch vehicle telemetry stream to OSC/SESG for decommutation. This link
shall be passed through one of the five standard payload pass-though pairs.
Protocol shall be as specified in the ICD.
OSC/LSG shall provide an RS-422 simplex pyro firecode link with the ORBCOMM
System satellite stack, and shall incorporate a coordinated protocol in the link
that will be used by the satellites for separation timing. Protocol shall be as
specified in the ICD.
0SC/LSG shall provide the design for a resistor network to be carried on the
ORBCOMM System satellite which shall be used by the Pegasus multiplexor to
indicate ORBCOMM System satellite separation. Resistor size shall be as
specified in the ICD.
OSC/LSG shall incorporate breakwires in the five standard payload pass-though
pairs as required. Breakwire location shall be as specified in the ICD.
131
OSC/LSG shall procure and use an OSC/SESG-designed and qualified avionics
structure with the standard Pegasus avionics and shall incorporate HAPS into the
avionics structure.
OSC/LSG shall develop a navigation system capable of meeting injection
accuracy's listed in Section 3.1.1.
OSC/LSG shall redesign the HAPS to shorten the required dimensions, allowing the
payload envelope in Section 3.1.2.3.3.l. to be available for payload use.
132
EXHIBIT A, PART 3
STATEMENT OF WORK AND SPECIFICATIONS
FOR THE ORBCOMM SYSTEM
GATEWAY EARTH STATIONS
September 12, 1995
133
1. PURPOSE AND SCOPE
1.1 Purpose
This Statement of Work ("SOW") defines the tasks and associated effort
to be performed by Orbital Sciences Corporation/Communications and Information
Systems Group ("OSC/CISG"), in providing certain specified portions of the
Gateway Earth Stations ("GES") radio equipment and antenna systems to ORBCOMM
Global, L.P. ("ORBCOMM Global"). OSC/CISG previously provided XXXx to ORBCOMM,
on behalf of ORBCOMM Global, pursuant to the ORBCOMM System Design, Development
and Operations Agreement dated as of June 30, 1993 (the "ORBCOMM System
Agreement") and the Agreement for the Design and Procurement of RF Equipment for
Gateway Earth Stations dated as of _______, 1995. This SOW sets forth the
remaining work on the XXXx to be performed under the ORBCOMM System Agreement.
1.2 Scope
OSC/CISG shall provide the capabilities, services, materials,
personnel, equipment and facilities necessary to manufacture, test and deliver
the specified items in accordance with this SOW. Delivery of the items listed
and described herein shall be in accordance with Section 3.3. OSC/CISG shall
supply all drawings specifications, reports, plans, analyses and other data in
accordance with this SOW.
All XXXx to be delivered hereunder will be mechanically and
electrically fully operational. All associated interconnect cables, and other
interrelated and interfacing hardware that ensure functional performance, as
well as all necessary software, shall also be delivered with the units in
accordance with the system specification. (Ref. Attachment 1).
2. SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
Attachment 1 hereto contains the ORBCOMM System Description Version
1.0, Section 5.1, July 8, 1993, which includes the GES hardware item
requirements OSC/CISG shall deliver to ORBCOMM Global. In the event of conflict
between Attachment 1 and this SOW, Attachment 1 shall take precedence.
3. CONTRACTOR TASKS AND DELIVERABLE ITEMS
OSC/CISG shall complete final integration and system check out of GES
Systems 5, 6, 7 and 8 and provide the deliverable items consistent with the
definitions contained in this section.
134
3.1 Hardware and Software Item Definitions
OSC/CISG shall provide the product engineering, manufacturing, quality
assurance and technical support resources required to assemble, test, and
deliver the GES systems specified in Section 3.3.
3.1.1 One "GES System" shall consist of one (1) of each of the
following of these subsystems:
(a) One Communication Management Subsystem, nominally
consisting of:
(i) Pedestal Control Unit ("PCU"), consisting of "VME"
Processor, software, peripherals, cables and power
supplies; and
(ii) Equipment Rack(s).
(b) One RF Antenna Subsystem, nominally consisting of:
(i) Four (4) Equipment Rack(s), including: PCU Rack, Servo
Rack, Filter Rack, HPA Rack and Interconnect Cables as
required;
(ii) System Interconnect Cables, as required;
(iii) PCU;
(iv) Pedestal/Yoke Assembly and Installation Template;
(v) One Antenna and Feed Assembly;
(vi) One High Power Amplifier ("HPA");
(vii) One Low Noise Amplifier ("LNA");
(viii) Miscellaneous Filters;
(ix) Installation Hardware; and
(x) One Radome, installation hardware, and Installation
Template.
3.1.2 One (1) GES Subscriber Terminal Emulator (STE) Antenna
System, nominally consisting of an Equipment Cabinet, which includes:
(a) Four (4) STE Antennas, cables, and connectors;
(b) Two (2) STE Low Noise Amplifiers and associated circuitry;
(c) Two (2) STE Transmitters and associated circuitry;
(d) Miscellaneous Filters; and
(e) RF Antenna Cables.
3.1.3 Specifications
The GES equipment contained in Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 shall
meet or exceed the overall performance specifications identified in
Attachment 1.
3.2 Data Item Definitions
2
135
OSC/CISG shall provide the following data items to ORBCOMM Global. All
documentation may be delivered in OSC/CISG's selected format prepared in
commercially acceptable practices. Unless otherwise specified herein, delivery
quantities and delivery dates shall be as specified in Section 3.3. A copy is
defined as one (1) bound document. A set is defined as one (1) bound document
and one (1) unbound collated document.
3.2.1 Drawing Package
OSC/CISG shall provide a drawing package for each antenna site
that includes all drawings necessary to maintain the GES equipment at the line
replaceable unit level. The drawing package shall match the as-built
configuration of the hardware at the time of hardware acceptance following
installation and shall include the GES system, cable interconnect and site
assembly drawings. Unless otherwise specified herein, delivery quantities and
delivery dates shall be as specified in Section 3.3. One additional copy of all
changes to the drawings shall be provided to ORBCOMM Global for changes that
occur to any hardware items delivered subsequent to the initial delivery.
3.2.2 Product Assurance ("PA") Plan
OSC/CISG has previously delivered a PA Plan that defines the
product assurance procedures used on the deliverable hardware and software.
3.2.3 Design Review Data Package
OSC/CISG has previously delivered design review data packages
that define the design of the deliverable hardware and software.
3.2.4 Software Design Document and Software
OSC/CISG has previously delivered a Software Design Document
that includes downloadable software executable files in "tar" format on DOS
formatted diskettes and all associated source code in ASCII format.
3.2.5 Interface Control Document ("ICD")
OSC/CISG has previously delivered an ICD that defines the interface
requirements of the GES.
3.2.6 GES Spares List
OSC/CISG has previously delivered a final recommended spares list to
fulfill the maximum repair time of six hours and the full system 99.9% available
requirement. The spares list assumes a reliability level based on the existence
of a second antenna at each site as well as a supply of the spares listed on
such list.
3.2.7 Test Procedures
OSC/CISG has previously provided, and ORBCOMM Global (acting through
ORBCOMM) has previously accepted, the GES Equipment and Antenna Qualification
Test Procedure document and Acceptance Test Procedure document, a copy of which
is attached
3
136
hereto as Attachment 2, that verifies that the hardware designs meet the
requirements of the documents referenced in Attachment 1.
3.2.8 Test Data and Results Reports
OSC/CISG shall perform an In-House Acceptance Test ("IAT")
prior to shipping each unit to the specified installation site. OSC/CISG shall
prepare test reports that include a description of the test configuration,
pass/fail criteria and test results including all failure data. This data shall
be provided to ORBCOMM Global fourteen (14) days prior to OSC/CISG shipping
hardware to the sites for installation, except that with respect to GES
System-05 and GES System-06, the data shall be provided to ORBCOMM Global at the
time of the applicable ATP. Test reports will be provided in OSC/CISG format.
3.2.9 Hardware Acceptance Data Package (Logbook)
OSC/CISG shall supply eight (8) acceptance data packages that
show how the requirements set forth in Section 3.1.3 were satisfied. At a
minimum, the data package shall include vendor supplied items, field acceptance
test data, a component serial number log sheet, the Draft Final Test Report, and
the Discrepancy Control and Resolution (D/CAR) log and summary analyses.
3.2.10 Operations and Maintenance ("O&M") Manual
OSC/CISG has previously delivered five (5) O&M Manuals to
support the GES equipment and antenna.
3.2.11 Vendor Equipment Manuals
OSC/CISG shall deliver up to four (4) copies of each available
Vendor Equipment Manual for each vendor-furnished item, so that ORBCOMM Global
shall have received five copies of each such available Vendor Equipment Manual.
3.2.12 Monthly Status Reports
OSC/CISG shall submit a monthly status report to ORBCOMM
Global's technical manager providing program schedule status, which report shall
highlight significant programmatic or technical issues. Project Implementation
Meeting ("PIMs") shall satisfy this requirement for each month where a PIM has
been conducted.
3.2.13 GES Site Preparation Specification
OSC/CISG has previously delivered a generic GES Site
Preparation Specification document that describes the site installation
interface requirements and installation equipment that are needed to install two
GES systems at each site.
3.3 Delivery Quantities and Schedule
The GES list of contract deliverables is defined as follows:
4
137
3.3.1 Hardware
Deliverable Qty Shipment Destination
----------- --- -------- ------------
GES System-05 1 Oct. 0000 Xxxx Xxxxxxxxx, XX
GES System-06 1 Oct. 0000 Xxxx Xxxxxxxxx, XX
XXX Xxxxxxx System 1 Oct. 0000 Xxxx Xxxxxxxxx, XX
GES System-07 1 Jan. 1996 Ocilla, GA
GES System-08 1 May 0000 Xxxxxx, XX
3.3.2 Software
One copy of the PCU Software shall be delivered to Dulles,
Virginia. OSC/CISG shall deliver to ORBCOMM Global one copy of the software
source code for the PCU and the associated files and utility programs necessary
or required to modify such source code, and hereby grants to ORBCOMM Global a
non-exclusive, royalty free license to use and modify such source code for the
exclusive purpose of modifying or upgrading the United States XXXx delivered by
OSC/CISG under the ORBCOMM System Agreement or this Contract in the event OSC no
longer has the capability of performing such modifications or upgrades on behalf
of ORBCOMM Global; provided however that, prior to making such modifications or
upgrades, ORBCOMM Global shall consult with OSC/CISG for the purpose of
confirming that such modifications or upgrades will not adversely impact the
operation of the XXXx or the ORBCOMM System; and provided further that ORBCOMM
Global shall assume all responsibility for the performance of such modifications
or upgrades, including any effects on the operation of the XXXx and the ORBCOMM
System and any consequences with respect to the warranty provisions set forth in
this Contract.
3.3.3 Data
Item Deliverable QTY Due Date
---- ----------- --- --------
Data-01 Drawing Package 1 for each site 30 Days after Hdwr to
site
Data-02 Test Data & Results 1 for each GES In accordance with
Report Section 3.2.8
Data-03 Hdwr Acceptance 2 for each GES Thirty days after ATP
Package (Logbook)
Data-04 Vendor Equip. Manuals In accordance Thirty days after
with Sec. 3.2.11 Contract Execution
Data-05 PCU Source Code 1 TBD
Data-06 Monthly Status Report 1 Within 20 days after
5
138
the end of each month
(other than months
during which PIMs occur)
3.4 Support Services
OSC/CISG shall support the ORBCOMM Global program management effort by
holding appropriate pre-shipment reviews at the OSC/CISG facility for each
hardware item prior to shipment. The reviews shall be held at the completion of
each hardware item qualification or acceptance program. Content of the review
shall include that data in Section 3.2.8 of this SOW.
3.5 Delivery and Acceptance
The hardware items shall be crated and ready for shipment on the ship
date agreed upon between the ORBCOMM Global program office and the OSC/CISG
program manager. OSC/CISG shall be present at the site for receipt and
installation of the hardware, and the Orbital warranty set forth in the Contract
shall extend to the applicable GES or parts thereof in accordance with its
terms. Hardware item acceptance shall take place as specified in the Contract.
OSC/CISG shall perform the ATP immediately following installation, provided that
in no event shall such support be required after December 31, 1996.
3.6 Shipping and Storage
OSC/CISG shall ship all hardware items F.O.B. destination, defined as
OSC/CISG's facility in Chandler, AZ. Freight costs shall be prepaid by OSC/CISG
and billed to ORBCOMM Global. OSC/CISG agrees to store free of charge the GES
systems to be provided hereunder.
3.7 Site Verification Test (SVT) Support
OSC/CISG shall provide on site technical support during SVT for up to a
one week period immediately following ATP, provided that in no event shall such
support be required after December 31, 1996.
6
139
EXHIBIT B
ORBCOMM PROGRAMMATIC MILESTONES
# Category 'B' Milestones Date
1 Determine FM1&2 antenna performance deficiencies [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
2 Preliminary Launch Vehicle ICD Distributed [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
3 Preliminary Electrical ICD Distributed [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
4 Avionics Box CDR [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
5 Comm EDU (SRX,STX,G/W) Characterization Test Complete [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
6 EDU System Comprehensive Performance Testing Complete [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
7 Electrical ICD Release [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
8 EDU System Environmental Test Complete [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
9 Component Qual completed and start system CPT [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
10 First Plane flight structures delivered to OSC [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
11 Preliminary Flight Checklist Released [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
12 Qual Vehicle System Level Testing Complete [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
00 Xxxxxx Xxxxx Bus Avionics Components Ready for Integration [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
14 First Motor Set Delivered to Integration Site [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
15 Wing Installed on First Motor Set [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
16 FM3-10 Shipped to Launch Site [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
17 Second Motor Set Delivered to Integration Site [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
00 Xxxxx Xxxxx Components Ready for Integration [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
19 Second Motor Set Flight Sim 1 Performed [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
20 Plane 1 Preliminary Test Report Submitted [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
21 Complete First Thruster Firing [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
22 Third Motor Set Flight Sim 1 Performed [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
23 Plane 2 Preliminary Test Report Submitted [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
24 Plane 3 Preliminary Test Report Submitted [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
140
EXHIBIT C
ORBCOMM PROGRAMMATIC MILESTONES
# Category 'A' Milestones Date Value
$1,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Preliminary Design Review (PDR) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
2 Critical Design Review (CDR) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
3 System Production Readiness Review (SPRR) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
4 First Article' Test [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
5 Launch Plane 1 Jan-97 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
6 Launch Plane 2 Apr-97 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
7 FM3-10 On-Orbit Checkout May-97 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
8 Launch Plane 3 Jul-97 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
9 FM11-18 On-Orbit Checkout Sep-97 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
10 FM19-26 On-Orbit Checkout Dec-97 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
=====
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
141
EXHIBIT D
OSC KEY PERSONNEL
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] General Manager, ORBCOMM Program
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Program Manager
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Deputy Program Manager
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Mechanical Systems
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Avionics
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Systems
142
SCHEDULE 4.1(f) - MAXIMUM CUMULATIVE PAYMENT
Amount
Date (in Thousands)
December 31, 1995 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
March 31, 1996 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
June 30, 1996 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
October 30, 1996 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
December 31, 1996 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
March 31, 1997 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
June 30, 1997 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
October 30, 1997 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
December 31, 1997 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
March 31, 1998 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
143
SCHEDULE 4.2(c) - CATEGORY A
ON-ORBIT CHECK OUT MILESTONE
ACHIEVEMENT CRITERIA
(a) The parties will negotiate achievement criteria prior to launch,
including the following criteria for a functional Satellite:
1. The subscriber receiver has at least [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] subscriber demodulators operating in all receiver
modes;
2. The subscriber downlinks are operating at no less than
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB below of the specified RF power
level;
3. The gateway links are operational;
4. The Attitude Control System (including GPS) is operating to
specifications;
5. At least [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] percent ([CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]) of the specified amount of on-board memory is
available for datagrams;
6. The system shall pass at least [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
percent ([CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]) of the specified message
traffic rate; and
7. The power system shall support the specified transmitter
duty cycle.
(b) The Milestone shall be considered achieved on a percentage basis as
follows:
1. Eight functional Satellites 100%
2. Seven functional Satellites 85%
3. Six functional Satellites 70%
4. Five or less functional Satellites 0%
(c) In the event the functional Satellite criteria are not fully met,
but the plane of Satellites is usable to ORBCOMM Global, Orbital shall be
entitled to payment for partial success in an amount to be determined by
negotiation of the parties based on the revenue generating capability of the
plane of Satellites.
(d) The parties shall review the success criteria during the pre-launch
phase of the program and shall conduct good faith negotiation for any
appropriate modifications to the criteria.
144
SCHEDULE 4.4
FORM OF INVOICE
(1) Total Contract
(2) Satellites
(3) Launch Vehicles
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
Cumulative Costs
for the ____ of Cumulative Cost to Date
--------------- -----------------------
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
Engineering Labor
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
Manufacturing Labor
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
Total Labor Cost
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
Material
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
Subcontracts
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
Travel
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
Other Direct Costs
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
Depreciation
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
Total Other Direct Costs
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
Fringe
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
Engineering Overhead
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
Manufacturing Overhead
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
G&A
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
Total Indirect Costs
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
TOTAL CONTRACT COSTS
------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -----------------------------
The undersigned [Name/Title] hereby certifies that this invoice
accurately reflects the costs incurred in connection with the Work to be
performed under the Procurement Contract dated September 12, 1995 between
Orbital Sciences Corporation and ORBCOMM Global, L.P. for the month of _______
and the Cumulative Costs to [date].
_______________________________
145
SCHEDULE 6.3(a)
146
ORBCOMM GATEWAY EARTH STATION (GES)
ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURE
APPROVED BY: /s/ [Illegible Signature] 5-6-94
--------------------------------------
ENGINEERING (ORIGINATOR) DATE
APPROVED BY: /s/ [Illegible Signature] 5-5-94
--------------------------------------
PROGRAM OFFICE DATE
APPROVED BY: /s/ [Illegible Signature] 5-6-94
--------------------------------------
PRODUCT ASSURANCE DATE
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE
ii
147
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REVISION SUMMARY
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REV DATE CHANGE PAGE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A 8 September 1993 Section 2.4. Added second warning. 4
Revise Paragraph 5.2.1, Section H. Delete Section M. 12
Revise Figure 5-1c. 18,19
Revise Figure 5-9c. 31
Revise Table 5-2, Section H. Delete Section M. 49
Revise Table 5-3, Section H. Delete Section M. 52,53
B 05 May 1994 Changes throughout. All
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
iii
148
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
----
1. INTRODUCTION ....................................................... 1
1.1 Purpose ............................................................ 1
1.2 Scope .............................................................. 1
1.3 Applicable Documents ............................................... 1
1.4 Procedural Changes ................................................. 1
2. SAFETY ............................................................. 2
2.1 References ......................................................... 2
2.2 Safety Precaution .................................................. 2
2.3 Emergency Procedures ............................................... 3
2.4 Hazardous Operations ............................................... 3
3. QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) PROVISIONS .................................. 4
3.1 QA Responsibilities ................................................ 4
3.2 Failures and Retest ................................................ 4
4. TESTING REQUIREMENTS ............................................... 5
4.1 Mechanical Tests /Software Tests ................................... 5
4.2 RF/Antenna System Tests ............................................ 5
4.3 List of Test Equipment ............................................. 5
4.4 Verification Matrix ................................................ 5
5. ACCEPTANCE TESTS ................................................... 9
5.1 PCU System Software ................................................ 9
5.1.1 Command Communications Test ........................................ 9
5.1.2 Description ........................................................ 9
5.1.3 Setup .............................................................. 9
5.1.4 GES Pedestal Assembly .............................................. 10
5.1.5 Azimuth Velocity ................................................... 10
5.1.6 Elevation Velocity ................................................. 10
5.1.7 Angular Travel ..................................................... 11
5.1.8 Electrical Limit Switches .......................................... 11
5.1.9 Mechanical Limit Switches .......................................... 11
5.1.10 Synchro Signals .................................................... 11
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
iv
149
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
PAGE
----
5.1.11 Microswitch Operation .............................................. 11
5.1.12 Hand Cranks ........................................................ 11
5.1.13 Stow Position ...................................................... 11
5.1.14 Filter Mounting Plate .............................................. 11
5.1.15 Personnel Access Platforms ......................................... 11
5.1.16 Rotary Joint ....................................................... 12
5.1.17 Slip Ring Assembly ................................................. 12
5.1.18 Electrical ......................................................... 12
5.1.19 Environmental Control Unit (ECU) Computer Override ................. 14
5.1.20 Environment Monitoring Test ........................................ 14
5.1.21 Description ........................................................ 14
5.1.22 Procedure .......................................................... 14
5.1.23 Stow Pin Monitoring Test ........................................... 14
5.1.24 Description ........................................................ 15
5.1.25 Setup .............................................................. 15
5.1.26 Procedure .......................................................... 15
5.1.27 Down Elevation Limits Test ......................................... 15
5.1.28 Description ........................................................ 15
5.1.29 Setup .............................................................. 15
5.1.30 Procedure .......................................................... 15
5.1.31 Up Elevation Limit Test ............................................ 16
5.1.32 Description ........................................................ 16
5.1.33 Procedure .......................................................... 16
5.l.34 Personnel Safety Tests ............................................. 16
5.1.35 Description ........................................................ 16
5.1.36 Setup .............................................................. 17
5.1.37 Procedure .......................................................... 17
5.2 GES RF/Antenna System ............................................. 17
5.2.1 Receiver Gain/Temperature (G/T) Verification ....................... 17
5.2.2 Signal Generator Calibration ....................................... 19
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
v
150
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
PAGE
----
5.2.3 HPA Gain Tests .................................................... 19
5.2.4 Test Setup ........................................................ 19
5.2.5 Transmitter Output Power/Antenna Effective Isotropic
Radiated Power (EIRP) ............................................. 20
5.2.6 HPA Power Monitor Calibration Reference Sheets .................... 22
5.2.7 HPA Monitor Points Reference Sheet ................................ 23
5.2.8 Antenna VSWR ...................................................... 24
5.2.9 Receive System Check .............................................. 24
5.2.10 Transmit System Check ............................................. 25
5.2.11 STE System ........................................................ 26
5.2.12 Signal Generator Calibration ...................................... 26
3.2.13 STE Transmit Output Power ......................................... 26
5.2.14 STE Power Monitor Tests ........................................... 27
5.2.15 STE G/T System Test ............................................... 28
5.2.16 STE Antenna VSWR Test ............................................. 29
5.2.17 STE Receive System Check .......................................... 29
5.2.18 STE Transmit System Check ......................................... 30
LIST OF FIGURES
5-1a. Gain/Noise Figure Tests (Receive System Gain) ...................... 31
5-1b. Gain/Noise Figure Tests (L1 Measurement) ........................... 32
5-1c. Gain/Noise Figure Tests (Measurement at the G/T Reference Plane) ... 33
5-1d. Gain/Noise Figure Tests (L2 Measurement) ........................... 34
5-1e. Gain /Noise Figure Tests (W19 Measurement) ......................... 35
5-2. System Block Diagram ............................................... 36
5-3a. Transmitter Output Power/Antenna EIRP .............................. 37
5-3b. Transmitter Output Power/Antenna EIRP .............................. 38
5-4. Antenna VSWR Test .................................................. 39
5-5. GES Receive System Test ............................................ 40
5-6. GES Transmit System Test ........................................... 41
5-7. STE Transmit Power Test Configuration .............................. 42
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
vi
151
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
LIST OF FIGURES (CONTINUED)
PAGE
----
5-8. STE Power Monitor Test Configuration .............................. 43
5-9a. STE G/T Test Configuration (Receive System Gain) .................. 44
5-9b. STE G/T Test Configuration (L1 Measurement) ....................... 45
5-9c. STE G/T Test Configuration (Measurement at the
G/T Reference Plane) .............................................. 46
5-9d. STE G/T Test Configuration (L2 Measurement) ....................... 47
5-10. STE Antenna VSWR Test Configuration ............................... 48
5-11. STE Receive System Test Configuration ............................. 49
5-12. STE Transmit System Test Configuration ............................ 50
LIST OF TABLES
4-1. SUPPORTING EQUIPMENT, PARTS, OR MATERIALS ......................... 6
4-2. VERIFICATION MATRIX ............................................... 7
5-1. GES PEDESTAL ASSEMBLY TEST DATA ................................... 51
5-2. GES RF/ANTENNA SYSTEM TEST DATA ................................... 56
5-2. GES RF/ANTENNA SYSTEM TEST DATA (CONTINUED) ....................... 60
LIST OF APPENDICES
A. HANDWRITE LOG ..................................................... A-1
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
vii
152
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
ANT Antenna
AZ Azimuth
BNC Bayonet Naval Connector
BPF Band Pass Filter
CW Continuous Wave
D/CAR Discrepancy/Corrective Action Report
DAT IN Data In
DAT OUT Data Out
DVM Digital Voltmeter
ECU Environment Control Unit
EIRP Effective Isotropic Radiated Power
EL Elevation
FOV Field of View
G/T Gain/Temperature
GEC Ground Earth Computer
GES Gateway Earth Station
HPA High Power Amplifier
IIP Input Intercept Point
LED Light-Emitting Diode
LHCP Left Hand Circular Polarity
LNA Low Noise Amplifier
MTTR Mean-Time-To-Repair
OIP Output Intercept Point
ORBCOMM Orbital Communications Corporation
OSC Orbital Sciences Corporation
P/N Part Number
PCU Pedestal Control Unit
PDR Preliminary Design Review
PEP Peak Envelope Power
QA Quality Assurance
RCV Receive
RF Radio Frequency
RHCP Right Hand Circular Polarity
SCD Source Control Drawing
SRR System Requirements Review
STE Subscriber Terminal Emulator
TM Technical Manual
TNC Threaded Naval Connector
T/R Transmitter/Receiver
VME Versa Module Eurocard
VSWR Voltage Standing-Wave Ratio
XMIT Transmit
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
viii
153
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose. The purpose of this document is to define the acceptance testing
procedures for the Orbital Communications Corporation (ORBCOMM) Gateway Earth
Station (GES) system, and the Subscriber Terminal Emulator (STE) system.
1.2 Scope. This acceptance test procedure is written to ensure that the GES
system and the STE system, which have been designed by Orbital Sciences
Corporation/Tempe Operations (OSC/Tempe), meet the performance requirements in
accordance with the documents listed in Paragraph 1.3.
a. Test Data. All test data shall be recorded on the applicable Test
Data Sheet. At the completion of the tests, the Test Data Sheets are
to be signed, and dated, by the individual performing the tests and
the authorized representatives.
b. Test Equipment. The type and model of the specified equipment, or
equivalent equipment, shall be used to perform the qualification
tests. Calibration data will be available on request. All test
equipment used to obtain data on performance shall have a valid
calibration label attached at the time of test. Each instrument shall
be calibrated at scheduled intervals, against certified standards,
which have traceability to the National Institute of Standards and
Technology. Records shall be maintained indicating date of last
calibration.
1.3 Applicable Documents. The following Technical Manuals (TMs) are referenced
herein:
a. TM-4164, Handwrite Procedure
b. TM-9368, Specification for Pedestal Assembly
c. TM-9538, ORBCOMM Pedestal Control Unit Software Design Document
d. TM-9553, Specification for High Power Amplifier (HPA) Assembly
e. TM-9976, Critical Design Review
f. Drawing 987-0017, Interconnect, ORBCOMM System
g. Drawing 987-1205, ORBCOMM Pedestal Source Control Drawing (SCD)
1.4 Procedural Changes. Changes to the text of this document will be recorded in
the Handwrite Log (refer to Appendix A), entered into the document, and
incorporated into the next document revision if a permanent change is required
per TM-4164, Handwrite Procedure.
NOTE
Procedural changes to this TM which affect the safety of personnel
and/or equipment will not be implemented without written approval by
OSC Safety Office.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
1
154
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
2. SAFETY
2.1 References. The following Safety documents, in their current issue, shall be
referenced:
a. OSHA 1910, General Industry Standards
b. OSHA 1910.1200, Hazard Communication Standards
c. TM-1617, OSC Safety Manual
2.2 Safety Precautions. Testing will be performed at the GES antenna site. A
safe testing area shall be maintained during the testing and the inspection. The
safety precautions shall be followed as prescribed within this document. The
Test Conductor is responsible for the safety of personnel and equipment during
testing.
WARNING
DANGEROUS RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) VOLTAGES APPEAR AT THE RF OUTPUT
PORT OF THE HIGH POWER AMPLIFIER (HPA). TURN OFF RF INPUT DRIVE AND
COMMAND THE GES RF/ANTENNA SYSTEM TO "STANDBY" BEFORE CONNECTING,
OR DISCONNECTING, RF CABLES. FAILURE TO COMPLY MAY RESULT IN INJURY
TO PERSONNEL.
WARNING
ALL GES HARDWARE IS POWERED ON WHEN COMMANDED TO THE "POSITION"
MODE. TO PREVENT PERSONNEL FROM BEING EXPOSED TO A RADIO FREQUENCY
(RF) HAZARD, KEEP THE INPUT CABLE TO THE HIGH POWER AMPLIFIER (HPA)
DISCONNECTED. USE A DANGER TAG ON THE [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
OHM TERMINATION ON THE HPA INPUT.
WARNING
WHEN READY TO PERFORM HIGH POWER TESTING, COMMAND THE ANTENNA TO A
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] DEGREE ELEVATION ANGLE FIRST. COMMAND THE
GES RF/ANTENNA SYSTEM TO "STANDBY", CLEAR ALL PERSONNEL AT LEAST 10
FT FROM RF/ANTENNA HARDWARE, CONNECT HPA TO INPUT CABLE, AND THEN
COMMAND THE GES RF/ANTENNA BACK INTO THE "POSITION" MODE.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
2
155
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
2.3 Emergency Procedures. In the event an accident occurs, the following
procedure must be followed:
a. If any person is seriously injured, call 911.
b. Contact the OSC Safety Office as soon as possible at 000-000-0000,
x6911, 223-8953 (pager) or 0-0-000-0000 (mobile phone).
C. Activity shall be discontinued until an investigation is made by the
Safety Office and it is determined that it is safe to continue the
test.
d. Non-emergency situations shall be reported to the Safety Manager,
Room 2004, first floor adjacent to the main lobby. The phone number
is 814-6666. The Safety Manager may also be contacted by pager
phone number 000-0000. After the beeps, dial the situation location
extension number to be called, such as 814-6xxx.
2.4 Hazardous Operations. Portions of this procedure are hazardous. Failure to
observe the proper procedures outlined in this document and the general OSC
Safety requirements may result in personnel injury.
WARNING
IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS SPECIFIED IN THIS
PROCEDURE BE OBSERVED. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH TO PERSONNEL.
WARNING
WHEN MOVING THE ANTENNA, ENSURE ALL PERSONNEL STAND CLEAR.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
3
156
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
3. QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) PROVISIONS
3.1 QA Responsibilities. QA personnel will ensure the QA requirements specified
in this TM are satisfied.
3.2 Failures and Retest. If a test discrepancy occurs, the test will be
interrupted and a Test Failure/Corrective Action Report (TF/CAR) will be
generated. The test configuration will not be disturbed without the approval of
the test engineer. If the discrepancy is determined to be due to the test setup,
software, or to a failure in the test equipment, the test being conducted at the
time of the failure may be continued after repairs are completed. If the
discrepancy is determined to be a failure in the item under test, the
appropriate corrective action will be completed before testing resumes.
The degree of retest will be determined for each case by the test engineer based
on the nature of the failure. After significant component rework, all previous
acceptance tests may be repeated. If the redesign or rework is very minor, a
functional test and the test the unit failed may be required. Testing done
previously will not be repeated except at the direction of the test engineer.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
4
157
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
4. TESTING REQUIREMENTS
4.l Mechanical Tests/Software Tests. The ORBCOMM GES pedestal assembly will be
acceptance tested to ensure it complies with TM-9368. The pedestal assembly will
also comply with Drawing 987-1205. The form, fit, and function of the pedestal
assembly will be verified to prove that it is capable of performing all
required tasks without degrading system reliability.
4.2 RF/Antenna System Tests. The GES RF/Antenna system and the STE RF system
will undergo acceptance testing to ensure all system RF requirements are met.
All tests are to be performed under normal lab environment conditions (or
outdoor environment conditions) to verify electrical performance.
4.3 List of Test Equipment. Table 4-1 contains a list of the test equipment
that will be used to perform the acceptance tests for the ORBCOMM system.
4.4 Verification Matrix. Table 4-2 contains the ORBCOMM system performance
requirements and the method of verification for each requirement.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
5
158
TABLE 4-1. SUPPORTING EQUIPMENT, PARTS OR MATERIALS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART SERIAL DATE CAL
PART NUMBER EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION MODEL NUMBER NUMBER DATE CAL DUE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HP4195A NETWORK ANALYZER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOISE/GAIN ANALYZER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOISE SOURCE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POWER SUPPLY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MULTIMETER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] SIGNAL GENERATOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] SIGNAL GENERATOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RF WATTMETER, [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POWER SENSOR, [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB ATTENUATOR, [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RF SIGNAL SAMPLER, [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POWER COMBINER, [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] SPECTRUM
ANALYZER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POWER SENSOR [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POWER METER [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB ATTENUATOR ([CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] WATT)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] ([CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] HF)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] T/R TEST SET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] T/R TEST SET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
6
159
TABLE 4-2. VERIFICATION MATRIX
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REQUIREMENTS DESIGN METHOD OF VERIFICATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GES FULLY FUNCTIONAL [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] ANALYSIS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TIME TO REPAIR NO LONGER THAN [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] HR MTTR ANALYSIS
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] HRS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSMIT 148.00 - 150.05 MHz 148-150.05 MHz TEST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RECEIVE 137.0 - 138.0 MHz 137.0-138.0 MHz TEST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EIRP [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW (SRR) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW CALCULATION & MEASUREMENT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HPA FIXED GAIN FIXED GAIN VENDOR TEST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERMODULATION PRODUCTS [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBC TEST
dBc MINIMUM (SRR) (BELOW TWO [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] TONES)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RF OUTPUT STABILIZE FREQUENCY AND POWER IN RF ON, POWER STANDBY VENDOR TEST
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANTENNA SYSTEM OUTPUT RANGE [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] -[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW, ANALYSIS
dBW TO [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW MINIMUM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] OHM TNC MALE CONNECTORS TYPE N (PER SRR) INSPECTION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MINIMUM G/T -[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB/K -[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB/K CALCULATION & MEASUREMENT
(TSKY [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT])
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RHCP AND LHCP FEEDS RHCP AND LHCP VENDOR TEST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAPABILITY TO IMPLEMENT SWITCH MATRIX (POST SRR) COMPLIANT INSPECTION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIDE LOBES [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB BELOW [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB VENDOR TEST
CW CENTER FREQUENCY BELOW MAIN BEAM PEAK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CROSS POLARIZATION ISOLATION [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB VENDOR TEST
dB (POST SRR)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G/T PERFORMANCE TO INCLUDE MODEM (PDR) COMPLIANT CALCULATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G/T CALCULATED AT TSKY [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] (PDR) COMPLIANT CALCULATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RECEIVE CHAIN THIRD ORDER INTERCEPT COMPLIANT CALCULATION & MEASUREMENT
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STE MAXIMIZE GAIN AT LOW ANGLE (SRR) COMPLIANT DESIGN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STE FORWARD AND REVERSE POWER MONITORING (SRR) COMPLIANT DESIGN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AZ/EL COMMANDS ASYNCHRONOUS COMM OVER RS-422 ETHERNET INTERFACE (8/19/92 DESIGN
ORBCOMM MEMO)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
7
160
TABLE 4-2. VERIFICATION MATRIX (CONTINUED)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REQUIREMENTS DESIGN METHOD OF VERIFICATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONITOR VIA 5 VOLT ANALOG ANALOG DATA RETURNED VIA TEST
ETHERNET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AZ TRAVEL [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] CONTINUOUS ROTATION TEST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EL TRAVEL [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] TO TEST
TO [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SLEW [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] IN AZ [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] DEG/SEC TEST
LESS THAN [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] SECONDS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SLEW [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] IN EL [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] DEG/SEC TEST
LESS THAN [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] SECONDS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MECHANICAL STOPS BELOW STOP AT [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] TEST
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] EL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MECHANICAL LEDGE PREVENT RADIATION [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] FT RADIUS DESIGN
GREATER THAN [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] mW/cm HAZARD ZONE @ RADIATION GREATER THAN
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] mW/cm (SRR)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RADOME W/BACK UP TEMPERATURE CONTROL REMOTE AND LOCAL CONTROL DESIGN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TEMPERATURE -[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] RADOME WITH ECU VENDOR TEST
TO +[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] C OPERATIONAL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HUMIDITY [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] OPERATIONAL RADOME WITH ECU ANALYSIS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WIND OPERATIONAL [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MPH RADOME ANALYSIS
STEADY 80 MPH GUST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WIND SURVIVAL [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MPH RADOME ANALYSIS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANTENNA POINTING ACCURACY [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] TEST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
8
161
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
5. ACCEPTANCE TESTS
5.1 PCU System Software. The following items are included in the PCU System
Software:
a. Software Items. Include the following:
1. UNIX operating system
2. Open Windows Manager
3. VxWorks Real-time Executive (Wind River Inc.)
4. GES computer simulator software files:
a) ges_send
b) ges_receive
5. The following software files:
a) VxWorks
b) VxWorks.sym
c) pcu_orb
b. Hardware Items. Include the following:
1. Sun SPARC Workstation host computer (SUN Inc.)
2. [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] VMEbus Single Board Computer and
Multiprocessing Engine (Ironics Inc.)
3. [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Ethernet Interface Functionality
Daughter Board (Ironics Inc.)
4. [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] Dual Synchro/Resolver-to-Digital
Input Board (VME Microsystems)
5. Series [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] VME Multi-Function Card
(Acromag Inc.)
6. All interconnections per ORBCOMM top level interconnect diagram
7. BNC connector from the SUN SPARC Workstation to item 5.1.1.3.
5.1.1 Command Communications Test: Includes the following:
5.1.2 Description. This test verifies that all GES controller/PCU computer
commands can be executed. It also verifies that the PCU software is sending a
status message to the GES controller every 1 sec.
5.1.3 Setup. Verify the SPARC Workstation Ethernet port is connected to the
Ethernet Interface Daughter Board of the PCU. Power on the PCU, then remotely
log into the PCU from the SPARC Workstation. Start the GES controller simulator
programs (ges_send and ges_receive) All messages to the PCU are sent by the
ges_send program, all messages received from the PCU are received by the
ges_receive program.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
9
162
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
5.1.4 GES Pedestal Assembly. Includes the following (reference Table 5-1 for
test data entry):
5.1.5 Azimuth Velocity. Verify the pedestal capable of slewing the antenna at a
rate of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees/second minimum in azimuth travel. Send
a POSITION command to PCU with the following antenna positions:
1. Azimuth Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
2. Elevation Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
Send a POSITION command to PCU with the following antenna positions:
1. Azimuth Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
2. Elevation Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
Start recording time when synchro reads [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees. Stop
recording time when synchro reads [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees. Verify that
the time required to traverse [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees is
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] seconds or less. Record the actual transit time in
Table 5.1.
5.1.6 Elevation Velocity. Verify the pedestal capable of slewing the antenna at
a minimum rate of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees/second in elevation travel.
Send a POSITION command to PCU with the following antenna positions:
1. Azimuth Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
2. Elevation Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
Send a POSITION command to PCU with the following antenna positions:
1. Azimuth Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
2. Elevation Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
Start recording time when the elevation synchro reads [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
degrees. Stop recording time when synchro reads [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
degrees. Verify that the time required to traverse [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
degrees is [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] seconds or less. Record the actual transit
time in Table 5.1.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
10
163
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
5.1.7 Angular Travel. Verify the angular travel of the pedestal by moving the
elevation axis from [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degees to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
degrees. Verify that the azimuth travel is continuous throughout a
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degree move. Note: This will require a series of
shorter moves to be executed consecutively.
5.1.8 Electrical Limit Switches. Verify with the hand cranks that the first
electrical limit switches in the elevation drive (disable into the limit switch)
are set at approximately [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees and [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] degrees. Record the actual location of all limit switches in Table
5.1. Verify the functioning and location of the second electrical limit switches
(servo drive disable) at approximately [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees and
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees. The trip location and function of each switch
shall be tested. The computer software test code can be used to verify the limit
switches.
5.1.9 Mechanical Limit Switches. Verify with the hand cranks that rubber
mechanical stops are located at approximately [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] and
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] on the elevation drive. Record the actual values in
Table 5.1.
5.1.10 Synchro Signals. Move the azimuth and elevation axis through its full
range while observing the synchro readout. Verify the signals are smooth and
even.
5.1.11 Microswitch Operation. Verify the microswitches that provide status of
hand cranks and stow-pin position are functioning properly.
5.1.12 Hand Cranks. Verify the normally closed microswitches providing
hand-crank status are open when the hand crank is engaged.
5.1.13 Stow Position. Verify the pedestal is capable of being stowed in azimuth
and at approximately [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] elevation. Record the actual stow
positions for elevation and azimuth in Table 5.1.
5.1.14 Filter Mounting Plate. Verify provisions for attaching a filter mounting
plate are available. The plate is capable of supporting two receive bandpass
filters and two Low Noise Amplifiers (LNAs).
5.1.15 Personnel Access Platforms. Verify a personnel access platform is
attached to each yoke arm.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
11
164
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
5.1.16 Rotary Joint. Verify the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] rotary joint is
assembled in the pedestal. Verify RF cabling is attached to the rotary joint.
5.1.l7 Slip Ring Assembly. Verify the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]-channel slip ring
assembly is installed in the pedestal. Verify the proper number of channels are
available in the unit. Verify the continuity of each active channel by executing
a two axis move using the test software. If the elevation axis functions
properly and all status signals are received while the azimuth axis is moving,
then the slip ring is functioning properly.
5.1.18 Electrical. The test conductor will perform the tests from the SPARC
Workstation terminal. Results will be displayed on the Workstation terminal
monitor. Perform the following:
a. Send a STANDBY command to the PCU. Verify the message was received
and the Azimuth and Elevation brakes get set after reception of the
command by listening to the pedestal.
b. Send a POSITION command to the PCU with the following antenna
positions:
1. Azimuth Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
2. Elevation Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
Verify the message was received and the antenna moved to the
commanded azimuth and elevation positions.
c. Send a POSITION command to the PCU with the following antenna
positions:
1. Azimuth Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
2. Elevation Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
Verify the massage was received and the antenna moved to the
commanded azimuth and elevation positions.
d. Send a POSITION command to the PCU with the following antenna
positions:
1. Azimuth Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
2. Elevation Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
Verify the message was received and the antenna moved to the
commanded azimuth and elevation positions. Also verify the azimuth
axis rotation was in the direction of the least path to
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] (i.e., the azimuth did not rotate
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees).
e. Azimuth Servo Amplifier Reset. Send a STANDBY mode command to the
PCU. Command the azimuth servo electronics to reset by sending the
appropriate switch setting command word to the PCU. Verify the
command was received and the azimuth servo fault light emitting
diodes (LEDs) momentarily flash as follows:
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
12
165
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
LED State
--- -----
1 (Green) On
2 (Red) On
3 (Red) On
4 (Red) On
After the LEDs flash, LEDs 2,3, and 4 (Red) should turn off and LED
(Green) 1 should remain on.
f. Elevation Servo Amplifier Reset. Command the elevation servo electronics
to reset by sending the appropriate switch setting command word to the
PCU. Verify the command was received and the elevation servo fault LEDs
momentarily flash as follows:
LED State
--- -----
1 (Green) On
2 (Red) On
3 (Red) On
4 (Red) On
After the LEDs flash, LEDs 2, 3, and 4 (Red) should turn off and LED
(Green) 1 should remain on.
g. Azimuth and Elevation Servo Amplifier Reset. Command the azimuth and
elevation servo electronics to reset by sending the appropriate switch
setting command word to the PCU. Verify the command was received and the
azimuth and elevation servo fault LEDs momentarily flash as follows:
LED State
--- -----
1 (Green) On
2 (Red) On
3 (Red) On
4 (Red) On
After the LEDs flash, LEDs 2, 3, and 4 (Red) should turn off and LED
(Green) 1 should remain on.
h. Azimuth Brake Override. Command the azimuth brake override by sending the
appropriate switch setting command to the PCU. Verify the azimuth brake
has been released. Set the azimuth brake by sending the appropriate switch
setting command to the PCU. Verify the azimuth brake has been set.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
13
166
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
i. Elevation Brake Override. Command the elevation brake override by
sending the appropriate switch setting command to the PCU. Verify
the elevation brake has been released. Set the elevation brake by
sending the appropriate switch setting command to the PCU. Verify
the elevation brake has been set.
5.1.19 Environmental Control Unit (ECU) Computer Override.
a. Command ECU into computer control. Verify ECU 1 and ECU 2 are in
heat mode.
b. Command ECU into thermostat control. Verify both ECU 1 and ECU 2 are
under thermostatic control.
5.1.20 Environment Monitoring Test. Includes the following:
5.1.21 Description. This test verifies that PCU is correctly monitoring and
reporting the status of all ORBCOMM environment sensors.
5.1.22 Procedure. The test conductor will perform the tests from the Workstation
terminal. Results will be displayed on the Workstation monitor. Perform the
following:
a. Activate the Smoke Detector sensor and verify the Smoke Detected
status bit of the Switch Status Word reflects the appropriate state.
b. Activate the Door Interlock sensor and verify the Door Interlock
status bit of the Switch Status Word reflects the appropriate state.
c. Activate the Pedestal Interlock sensor and verify the Pedestal
Interlock status bit of the Switch Status Word reflects the
appropriate state.
d. Verify the temperature and humidity sensor are functioning
e. Activate the electoral breakers sensor and verify the alarm status
bit of the alarm word reflects the appropriate state.
f. Activate the temperature and humidity alarms and verify the alarm
status bit of the alarm word reflects the appropriate state.
5.1.23 Stow Pin Monitoring Test. Includes the following:
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
14
167
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
5.1.24 Description. This test verifies that the PCU is correctly monitoring and
reporting the status of ORBCOMM stow pin sensors.
5.1.25 Setup. No special setup is required.
5.1.26 Procedure. The test conductor will perform the tests from the Workstation
terminal. Results will be displayed on the Workstation monitor. Perform the
following:
a. Send a POSITION command to the PCU with the following antenna
positions:
1. Azimuth Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
2. Elevation Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
Remove the Azimuth stow pin and verify the PCU transitions to STANDBY
mode and the AZ stow pin bit of the Switch Status Word is set
appropriately. Replace the Azimuth stow pin to its stowed position.
b. Remove the Elevation stow pin and verify the PCU transitions to
STANDBY mode and the EL stow pin bit of the Switch Status Word is set
appropriately. Replace the Elevation stow pin to its stowed position.
5.1.27 Down Elevation Limits Test
5.1.28 Description. This test verifies that the PCU can position the antenna to
the minimum operational elevation position of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees;
that the first down limit switch disables the elevation servo in the direction
of the limit and the second down limit switch disables the elevation servo
amplifier.
5.1.29 Setup. No special setup is required.
5.1.30 Procedure. The test conductor will perform the tests from the Workstation
terminal. Results will be displayed on the Workstation monitor. Perform the
following:
a. Send a POSITION command to the PCU with the following antenna
positions:
1. Azimuth Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
2. Elevation Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
Verify the message was received and the antenna moved to the
commanded azimuth and elevation positions. The antenna is now at the
minimum operational elevation angle.
b. Send the PCU a RATE command with the following rates.
1. Azimuth Rate = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees/sec
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
15
168
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
2. Elevation Rate = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees/sec
Verify the PCU transitions to STANDBY mode after Down Limit 1 switch
has been activated. Verify the elevation angle is approximately 4
degrees. The elevation servo amplifier is now disabled from driving
the elevation angle in the direction of the Down Limit 2.
5.1.31 Up Elevation Limit Test
5.1.32 Description. This test verifies that the PCU can position the antenna to
the maximum operational elevation position of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees;
that the first up limit switch disables the elevation servo in the direction of
the limit and the second up limit switch disables the elevation servo amplifier.
5.1.33 Procedure. The test conductor will perform the tests from the
Workstation terminal. Results will be displayed on the Workstation monitor.
Perform the following:
a. Send a POSITION command to the PCU with the following antenna
positions:
1. Azimuth Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
2. Elevation Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
Verify the message was received and the antenna moved to the
commanded azimuth and elevation positions. The antenna is now at the
minimum operational elevation angle.
b. Send the PCU a RATE command with the following rates:
1. Azimuth Rate = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees/sec
2. Elevation Rate = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees/sec
Verify the PCU transitions into STANDBY mode after Up Limit 1 switch
has been activated. Verify the elevation angle is approximately
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees. The elevation servo amplifier is
now disabled from driving the elevation angle in the direction of
the Up Limit 2.
c. Send the PCU a POSITION command with the following antenna positions:
1. Azimuth Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
2. Elevation Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
Verify the message was received and the antenna moved to the
commanded azimuth and elevation positions. The antenna is now at the
maximum operational elevation angle.
5.1.34 Personnel Safety Tests
5.1.35 Description. This test demonstrates the software features designed into
the PCU to prevent possible injury to personnel during GES installation and
maintenance.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
16
169
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
5.1.36 Setup. No special setup is required.
5.1.37 Procedure. The test conductor will perform the tests from the Workstation
terminal. Results will be displayed on the Workstation monitor. Perform the
following:
a. Send a POSITION command to the PCU with the following antenna
positions:
1. Azimuth Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
2. Elevation Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
The PCU is now in POSITION mode, actively driving the antenna to the
commanded position; and the HPA's RF power supply is turned on.
b. Engage the elevation hand crank. Verify the PCU transitions into
STANDBY mode without receiving a STANDBY command from the GES.
c. Disengage the elevation hand crank. Repeat step a.
d. Remove the elevation stow pin from its stow slot. Verify the PCU
transitions into STANDBY mode without receiving a STANDBY command
from the GES.
e. Insert the elevation stow pin into its stow slot. Repeat stop a.
f. Engage the azimuth hand crank. Verify the PCU transitions into
STANDBY mode without receiving a STANDBY command from the GES.
g. Disengage the azimuth hand crank. Repeat step a.
h. Remove the azimuth stow pin from its stow slot. Verify the PCU
transitions into STANDBY mode without receiving a STANDBY command
from the GES.
i. Insert the elevation stow pin into its stow slot. Send a stow
POSITION command to the PCU:
1. Azimuth Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
2. Elevation Angle = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
5.2 GES RF/Antenna System. Includes the following tests (reference Table 5-2 for
test data sheets):
5.2.1 Receiver Gain /Temperature G/T) Verification. The measurement reference
plane for G/T is the input connector of the LNA. Perform the following:
a. Set up the test equipment as shown in Figure 5-1a. Adjust the Network
Analyzer to sweep from [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] to [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] MHz. Perform calibration for Voltage Standing-Wave Ratio
(VSWR) and insertion loss measurements.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
17
170
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
b. Command the GES RF/Antenna into the "position" mode, via the RS-232
interface. Verify the LNA current is about [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
mA (plus/minus) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] mA, using the RS-232 status.
c. Measure the RF gain from the input cable ([CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT])
to the output of the second preselect filter. Print the response and
attach it to the test data sheet. Turn PCU off.
d. Adjust the Network Analyzer to sweep from [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
MHz to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz.
e. Set up the test equipment as shown in Figure 5-1b.
f Measure the insertion loss (L(1)) from [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
through [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]. Record the loss at [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] MHz and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz in Table 5-2. Attach
a print of this data to the test data sheets.
g. Set up the test equipment as shown in Figure 5-1c, using the Network
Analyzer. Turn PCU on.
h. Measure the RF gain of the LNA, and record this gain at
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz in
Table 5-2. Attach a print of this data to the test data sheets. Turn
PCU off.
i. Set up the test equipment as shown in Figure 5-1d.
j. Measure the insertion loss (L(2)) from cable [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
through the preselect filter, and record this loss in Table 5-2 (at
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz).
Attach a print of this data to the test data sheets. Then measure the
total insertion loss of cables [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] and cable
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] using the setup in sheets Figure 5-1e.
Record one-half of this loss as part of L2, in Table 5-2, and attach
a printout of the data. Then measure [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] of
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] and attach a
printout of the data.
k. Perform a calibration of the Noise Gain Analyzer from [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] MHz to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz. Turn PCU on.
l. Measure the noise figure of the LNA using the test setup shown in
Figure 5-1c. Record the noise figure at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz
and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz in Table 5-2. Turn PCU off.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
18
171
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
m. Calculate system noise temperature, T(System), where:
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
n. Calculate G/T:
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
5.2.2 Signal Generator Calibration. Perform the following:
a. Turn ON the Signal Generator and set the frequency for
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz
b. Connect the Power Sensor to the RF Output connector on the signal
generator.
c. Set the scale on the generator to LEVEL (volts).
d. Turn the RF output ON to transmit out of the generator.
e. While watching the level on the power meter, adjust the Coarse and
Fine tune output power level knobs on the generator to set the level
to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBm.
NOTE
Once the level is adjusted on the generator, do not disturb the fine
adjust knob until directed by the procedure or the generator will
have to be re-calibrated.
f. Once the power meter is reading the correct level, set the RF output
on the generator to OFF and disconnect the power sensor from the
generator RF output connector.
5.2.3 HPA Gain Tests. pH gain includes the following tests (reference Table 5-2
for test data sheets):
5.2.4 Test Setup. Set up the test equipment as shown in Figure 5-3a. Turn the
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] RF "OFF".
WARNING
DANGEROUS RF VOLTAGES APPEAR AT THE RF OUTPUT PORT OF THE
AMPLIFIER. TURN OFF RF INPUT DRIVE AND COMMAND THE GES RF/ANTENNA
SYSTEM TO "STANDBY" BEFORE CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING RF CABLES.
FAILURE TO COMPLY MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
DO NOT OPERATE THE AMPLIFIER WITHOUT A PROPERLY RATED (less than
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] kW) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] OHM
TERMINATION.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
19
172
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
WARNING
ALL GES HARDWARE IS POWERED ON WHEN COMMANDED TO THE "POSITION"
MODE. TO PREVENT PERSONNEL FROM BEING EXPOSED TO A RADIO
FREQUENCY (RF) HAZARD, KEEP THE INPUT CABLE TO THE HIGH POWER
AMPLIFIER (HPA) DISCONNECTED.USE A DANGER TAG ON THE
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] OHM TERMINATION ON THE HPA INPUT.
WARNING
WHEN READY TO PERFORM HIGH POWER TESTING, COMMAND THE ANTENNA
TO A 90 DEGREE ELEVATION ANGLE FIRST.
b. Command GES RF/Antenna system to "position" mode.
c. Turn on signal generator RF power output, while monitoring the Bird
watt meter. Record reading in the test data sheet (Table 5-2).
d. Calculate the HPA gain and record in the test data sheet (Table
5-2):
HPA gain = HPA input power - HPA output power
e. Repeat steps a through d with the signal generator set at
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz. Record data in the test data sheet
(Table 5-2). Then turn HPA power OFF.
5.2.5 Transmitter Output Power/Antenna Effective Isotropic Radiated Power
(EIRP). EIRP includes the following tests (reference Table 5-2 for test data
sheets):
a. Set up the test equipment as shown in Figure 5-3a. Turn the
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] "OFF".
WARNING
DANGEROUS RF VOLTAGES APPEAR AT THE RF OUTPUT PORT OF THE
AMPLIFIER. TURN OFF RF INPUT DRIVE AND COMMAND THE GES
RF/ANTENNA SYSTEM TO "STANDBY" BEFORE CONNECTING OR
DISCONNECTING RF CABLES. FAILURE TO COMPLY MAY RESULT IN
INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
DO NOT OPERATE THE AMPLIFIER WITHOUT A PROPERLY RATED (less
than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] kW) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] OHM
TERMINATION.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
20
173
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
WARNING
ALL GES HARDWARE IS POWERED ON WHEN COMMANDED TO THE "POSITION"
MODE. TO PREVENT PERSONNEL FROM BEING EXPOSED TO A RADIO
FREQUENCY (RF) HAZARD, KEEP THE INPUT CABLE TO THE HIGH POWER
AMPLIFIER (HPA) DISCONNECTED. USE A DANGER TAG ON THE
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] OHM TERMINATION ON THE HPA INPUT.
WARNING
WHEN READY TO PERFORM HIGH POWER TESTING, COMMAND THE ANTENNA TO
A 90 DEGREE ELEVATION ANGLE FIRST.
b. Set the signal generator to a frequency of [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] MHz. Adjust the RF output power so the input power to
the HPA is -[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBm (-[CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dBW).
c. Command GES RF/Antenna system to "position" mode.
d. Note the RF power at the HPA output (point E in Figure 5-2).
e. Slowly increase the signal generator RF power output, while
monitoring the Bird watt meter.
CAUTION
Total RF power into the HPA must be less than -[CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dBW (-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBm), average, to
prevent over stressing the transmitter filters, rotary joint, and
RF cables.
f. When the Bird watt meter reads [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] W
([CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW), record reading in the test data
sheet (Table 5-2). Turn the HPA power OFF.
g. Set up the test equipment as shown in Figure 5-3b.
h. Turn on signal generator RF power output, while monitoring the
Bird watt meter. Record reading in the test data sheet (Table
5-2).
i. Calculate the Transmitter Losses and record in the test data sheet
(Table 5-2):
Transmitter Losses = HPA Output power - Antenna input power
j. Calculate the Antenna input and record in the test data sheet
(Table 5-2):
Antenna input =[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW(EIRB) - Antenna
Gain (dB)
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
21
174
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
k. Slowly decrease the signal generator RF power output, while
monitoring the Bird watt meter. When the Bird watt meter reads the
calculated Antenna input, record the reported HPA forward power
monitor reading in the test data sheet (Table 5-2). Turn the HPA
power OFF.
1. Repeat steps a through k with the signal generator set at
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz. Record data in the test data sheet
(Table 5-2). Then turn HPA power OFF.
5.2.6 HPA Power Monitor Calibration Reference Sheets. (reference Table 5-2 for
test data sheets):
a. Set up: Stabilize radome at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
Celsius.
b. Set up the test equipment as shown in Figure 5-3a. Turn the
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] "OFF".
WARNING
DANGEROUS RF VOLTAGES APPEAR AT THE RF OUTPUT PORT OF
THE AMPLIFIER. TURN OFF RF INPUT DRIVE AND COMMAND THE
GES RF/ANTENNA SYSTEM TO "STANDBY" BEFORE CONNECTING OR
DISCONNECTING RF CABLES. FAILURE TO COMPLY MAY RESULT IN
INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
DO NOT OPERATE THE AMPLIFIER WITHOUT A PROPERLY RATED (less than
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] kW) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] OHM
TERMINATION.
WARNING
ALL GES HARDWARE IS POWERED ON WHEN COMMANDED TO THE "POSITION"
MODE. TO PREVENT PERSONNEL FROM BEING EXPOSED TO A RADIO FREQUENCY
(RF) HAZARD, KEEP THE INPUT CABLE TO THE HIGH POWER AMPLIFIER (HPA)
DISCONNECTED. USE A DANGER TAG ON THE [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] OHM
TERMINATION OF THE HPA INPUT.
WARNING
WHEN READY TO PERFORM HIGH POWER TESTING, COMMAND THE ANTENNA TO A
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] DEGREE ELEVATION ANGLE FIRST.
c. Set the signal generator to a frequency of [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] MHz.
d. Slowly increase the signal generator RF power output, while
monitoring the Bird watt meter.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
22
175
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
CAUTION
Total RF power input the HPA must be less than -[CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dBW ([CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBm), average, to
prevent over stressing the transmitter filters, rotary joint, or
RF cables.
e. When the Bird watt meter reads Calculated Antenna input -
Transmitter Losses found in [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] let stand
for [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] minutes. Read Bird watt meter adjust
input power if needed to read Calculated. Antenna input -
Transmitter Losses record reading on HPA forward power monitor in
the test data sheet (Table 5-2).
f. Stabilize radome at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees Celsius let
stand for [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] minutes.
g. Read Bird watt meter adjust input power if needed to read
Calculated Antenna input - Transmitter Losses record reading on
HPA forward power monitor in the test data sheet
(Table 5-2). Repeat step f and g at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
degrees Celsius.
5.2.7 HPA Monitor Points Reference Sheet, (reference Table 5-2 for test data
sheets):
a. Set up; Stabilize radome at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees
Celsius.
b. Set up the test equipment as shown in Figure 5-3a, Turn the
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] "OFF".
WARNING
DANGEROUS RF VOLTAGES APPEAR AT THE RF OUTPUT PORT OF THE
AMPLIFIER. TURN OFF RF INPUT DRIVE AND COMMAND THE GES RF/ANTENNA
SYSTEM TO "STANDBY" BEFORE CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING RF CABLES.
FAILURE TO COMPLY MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
DO NOT OPERATE THE AMPLIFIER WITHOUT A PROPERLY RATED ((less than
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] kW) [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] OHM
TERMINATION)
WARNING
ALL GES HARDWARE IS POWERED ON WHEN COMMANDED TO THE "POSITION"
MODE. TO PREVENT PERSONNEL FROM BEING EXPOSED TO A RADIO FREQUENCY
(RF) HAZARD, KEEP THE INPUT CABLE TO THE HIGH POWER AMPLIFIER
(HPA) DISCONNECTED. USE A DANGER TAG ON THE [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] OHM TERMINATION OF THE HPA INPUT.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
23
176
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
WARNING
WHEN READY TO PERFORM HIGH POWER TESTING, COMMAND THE ANTENNA
TO A [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] DEGREE ELEVATION ANGLE FIRST.
c. Set the signal generator to a frequency of [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] Mhz.
d. Slowly increase the signal generator RF power output, while
monitoring the Bird watt meter.
e. When the Bird watt reads Calculated Antenna input - Transmitter
Losses found in 5.2.5 let stand for [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
minutes. Read Bird watt meter adjust input power if needed to
read Calculated Antenna input - Transmitter Losses record reading
on HPO forward power monitor in the test data sheet (Table 5-2).
f. Disconnect cable [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] from pcu and connect it
to laptop computer.
g. Run Windows terminal program type T1 then return. Type J then
return record reading in the test data sheet (Table 5-2).
h. Type T2 then return type J then return record reading in the test
data sheet (Table 5-2).
i. Repeat step H change test point number.
5.2.8 Antenna VSWR. Perform the following:
a. Command the Pedestal Assembly to point the GES antenna to an
elevation angle of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees.
b. Set up the test equipment as shown in Figure 5-4. Set the network
analyzer to sweep mode and the frequency range from [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz.
c. Measure antenna VSWR and record it in the test data sheet (Table
5-2) for frequencies of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT], and
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz.
5.2.9 Receive System Check. This test requires the GES antenna be pointed toward
a STE antenna in a relatively unobstructed environment. Perform the following
(reference Figure 5-5):
a. Connect the spectrum analyzer to the cable (W19) that connects to
the modem.
b. Position the STE antenna within line-of-sight of the GES antenna,
and not closer than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] feet.
c. Set the signal generator frequency to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
MHz and RF power level to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBm. Set the
signal generator RF output to ON. Command the GES RF/Antenna
system to "position" mode.
d. Verify the presence of a carrier signal at [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] MHz at the spectrum analyzer and enter the result in
the test data sheet (Table 5-2).
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
24
177
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
e. Set the signal generator frequency to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz
and verify the presence of a carrier signal at 138 MHz at the
spectrum analyzer. Record the result in the test data sheet (Table
5-2). Command GES RF/Antenna system to "standby" mode.
5.2.10 Transmit System Check. This test requires the GES antenna to be pointed
toward a STE antenna in a relatively unobstructed environment. Perform the
following (reference Figure 5-6):
WARNING
DANGEROUS RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) VOLTAGES APPEAR AT THE RF OUTPUT
PORT OF THE HIGH POWER AMPLIFIER (HPA). TURN OFF RF INPUT DRIVE AND
COMMAND THE GES RF/ANTENNA SYSTEM TO "STANDBY" BEFORE CONNECTING,
OR DISCONNECTING, RF CABLES, FAILURE TO COMPLY MAY RESULT IN INJURY
TO PERSONNEL.
WARNING
ALL GES HARDWARE IS POWERED ON WHEN COMMANDED TO THE "POSITION"
MODE. TO PREVENT PERSONNEL FROM BEING EXPOSED TO A RADIO FREQUENCY
(RF) HAZARD, KEEP THE INPUT CABLE TO THE HIGH POWER AMPLIFIER
(HPA) DISCONNECTED. USE A DANGER TAG ON THE [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] OHM TERMINATION ON THE HPA INPUT.
WARNING
WHEN READY TO PERFORM HIGH POWER TESTING, COMMAND THE ANTENNA TO A
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] DEGREE ELEVATION ANGLE FIRST. COMMAND THE
GES RF/ANTENNA SYSTEM TO "STANDBY", CLEAR ALL PERSONNEL AT LEAST
10 FT FROM RF/ANTENNA HARDWARE, CONNECT HPA TO INPUT CABLE, AND
THEN COMMAND THE GES RF/ANTENNA BACK INTO THE "POSITION" MODE.
a. Connect the signal generator to the GES transmitter input cable
(W2).
b. Position the STE antenna in line-of-sight of the GES antenna, and
not closer that 100 feet. Connect the RF cable from the STE
antenna to the spectrum analyzer.
c. Set the signal generator frequency to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
MHz and the RF power level into the HPA at [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dBm.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
25
178
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
CAUTION
Total RF power into the HPA must be less than -[CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] dBW (-[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBm), average, to
prevent over stressing the transmitter filters, rotary joint and
RF cables.
Set the signal generator RF output to ON. Command GES RF/Antenna
system to "position" mode, and the HPA RF power ON.
d. Verify the presence of a carrier signal at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
MHz at the spectrum analyzer and enter the result on the test data
sheet (Table 5-2). Turn HPA power OFF.
e. Set the signal generator frequency to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz
and verify the presence of a carrier signal at the spectrum
analyzer. Enter the result in the test data sheet (Table 5-2). Turn
HPA power OFF.
5.2.11 STE System. Includes the following:
5.2.12 Signal Generator Calibration. Perform the following:
a. Turn ON the Signal Generator and set the frequency for [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] MHz.
b. Connect the Power Sensor to the RF Output connector on the signal
generator.
c. Set the scale on the generator to LEVEL (volts).
d. Turn the RF output ON to transmit out of the generator.
e. While watching the level on the power meter, adjust the Coarse and
Fine tune output power level knobs on the generator to set the level
to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBm.
NOTE
Once the level is adjusted on the generator, do not disturb the
fine adjust knob until directed by the procedure or the generator
will have to be re-calibrated.
f. Once the power meter is reading the correct level, set the RF output
on the generator to OFF and disconnect the power sensor from the
generator RF output connector.
5.2.13 STE Transmit Output Power. Perform the following (reference Figure 5-7):
a. Connect one end of the power sensor to the XMIT ANT1 output of the
STE rack. Connect the other end to the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] ohm
RF load as shown in Figure 5-7.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
26
179
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
b. Connect the signal generator to the DATIN1 connector on the STE rack.
c. Apply power to the STE rack, power meter, and signal generator.
d. At the signal generator, switch the RF Output to ON.
e. Read and record (in Table 5-2) the power level reading from the power
meter.
f. Set the frequency on the signal generator to [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] MHz and repeat step e above.
g. Switch the signal generator RF Output to OFF.
5.2.14 STE Power Monitor Tests. Perform the following (reference Figure 5-8):
a. Connect one end of the power sensor to the XMIT ANT1 output of the
STE rack. Connect the other end to the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] ohm
RF load as shown in Figure 5-8.
b. Connect the Digital Voltmeter (DVM) to the Power Monitor connector on
the STE rack assembly with the furnished test cable. Place the cable
wire marked "C" into the red terminal on the DVM and the cable wire
marked "D" into the black terminal.
c. Set the frequency on the signal generator to [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] MHz.
d. Switch the signal generator RF Output to ON.
e. Adjust the output level fine knob on the signal generator until the
power meter reads [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] xxxxx. Record the voltage
level from the DVM in Table 5-2.
f. Adjust the output level fine knob on the signal generator until the
power meter reads [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] xxxxx. Record the voltage
level from the DVM in Table 5-2.
g. Adjust the output level fine knob on the signal generator until the
power meter reads [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] xxxxx. Record the voltage
level from the DVM in Table 5-2.
h. Adjust the output level fine knob on the signal generator until the
power meter reads [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] xxxxx. Record the voltage
level from the DVM in Table 5-2.
i. Switch the signal generator RF Output to OFF. Record the voltage
level from the DVM in Table 5-2.
j. Set the frequency on the signal generator to [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] MHz and repeat steps d through i.
k. Remove the power sensor and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] ohm load from
the XMIT ANT1 connector of the STE rack. Place the test cable wire
marked "A" into the red terminal on the DVM and the cable wire
marked "B" into the black terminal.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
27
180
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
l. Switch the signal generator RF Output to ON and record the voltage
from the DVM in Table 5-2.
m. Set the frequency to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz and record the
voltage from the DVM in Table 5-3.
n. Switch the signal generator RF Output to OFF.
5.2.15 STE G/T System Test. The measurement reference plane for G/T is the
input connector of the LNA. Perform the following:
a. Set up the test equipment as shown in Figure 5-9a. Adjust the Network
Analyzer to sweep from [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz to [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] MHz. Perform calibration for VSWR and insertion loss
measurements.
b. Turn STE power ON.
c. Measure the RF gain from the input (RCV ANT1) to the output
(DATOUT1). Print the response and attach it to the test data sheet
(Table 5-2).
d. Adjust the Network Analyzer to sweep from [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
MHz to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz.
e. Set up the test equipment as shown in Figure 5-9b.
f. Measure the insertion loss (L(1)) from input (RCV ANT1) to output of
cable that connects to LNA input. Record the loss at [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] MHz and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz in Table 5-2. Attach
a print of this data to the test data sheet (Table 5-2).
g. Set up the test equipment as shown in figure 5-9c using the Network
Analyzer.
h. Measure the RF gain of the LNA, and record this gain at
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz in
Table 5-2. Attach a print of the data to the test data sheet (Table
5-2).
i. Set up the test equipment as shown in Figure 5-9d.
j. Measure the insertion loss (L(2)) from the cable that connects LNA
output to DATOUT1 port, and record this loss in Table 5-2 (at
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz).
Attach a print of this data to the test data sheet (Table 5-2).
k. Perform a calibration of the Noise Gain Analyzer from [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] MHz to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz.
l. Measure the noise figure of the LNA, using the test setup shown in
Figure 5-9c. Record the noise figure at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz
and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz in Table 5-2.
m. Calculate system noise temperature, T(System), where:
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
n. Calculate G/T for the STE:
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
28
181
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
5.2.16 STE Antenna VSWR Test. Perform the following (reference Figure 5-10):
a. Configure the STE receive antenna in the test fixture as shown in
Figure 5-10. Ensure the antenna is pointing straight up and is clear
from any overhead obstructions, walls, and conductive surfaces.
b. Calibrate the network analyzer for an output frequency
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz with the
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] ohm Type N calibration kit per the
manufacturer procedure.
c. Connect port one of the network analyzer to the antenna cable.
Position the analyzer as directly under the antenna as possible to
minimize interference with the antenna pattern and VSWR.
d. Record the antenna VSWR (S11) from the analyzer at the frequencies
of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT], and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz in
Table 5-2.
e. Repeat steps a through c above for the STE transmit antenna for the
frequency range of [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] to [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] MHz. Record the antenna VSWR (S11) at frequencies
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] and [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz in Table
5-2.
5.2.17 STE Receive System Check. This test will require the positioning of two
STE antennas in a relatively unobstructed environment. The test will give the
best results when both antennas are outdoors away from walls and conductive
surfaces. Perform the following (reference Figure 5-11):
a. Connect the spectrum analyzer to the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
connector of the STE rack
b. Connect cable [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] to the [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] connector on the STE rack assembly.
c. Connect a STE antenna to test cable and mount the antenna so that it
is stable and unobstructed.
d. Position another STE antenna within a line of sight of the antenna
connected to the STE rack but not closer than [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] feet. Connect this antenna to the signal generator.
e. Set the signal generator frequency to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz
and RF power level to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBm.
f. Set the signal generator RF Output to ON.
g. Verify the presence of a Carrier signal at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
MHz at the spectrum analyzer and enter the result in Table 5-2.
h. Set the signal generator frequency to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz
and verify the presence of a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz signal at
the spectrum analyzer.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE,
29
182
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
5.2.18 STE Transmit System Check. This test will require the positioning of two
STE antennas in a relatively unobstructed environment. The test will give the
best results when both antennas are outdoors away from walls and conductive
surfaces. Perform the following (reference Figure 5-12):
a. Connect the signal generator to the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] connector
of the STE rack.
b. Connect cable [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] to the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
connector on the STE rack assembly.
c. Connect a STE antenna to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] and mount the
antenna so that it is stable and unobstructed.
d. Position another STE antenna within a line of sight of the antenna
connected to the STE rack but not closer than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
feet. Connect this antenna to the spectrum analyzer.
e. Set the signal generator frequency to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz and
RF power level to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBm.
f. Set the signal generator RF Output to ON.
g. Verify the presence of a Carrier signal at [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
MHz at the spectrum analyzer and enter the result in Table S-2.
h. Set the signal generator frequency to [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz and
verify the presence of a [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz signal at the
spectrum analyzer.
For the following tests, disconnect the HPA from the antenna. A dummy load
shall be placed across the HPA output. During software qualification testing,
the HPA amplifier output shall be connected to a dummy load, thus inhibiting the
antenna from actively radiating the test area.
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
30
183
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
Receive System Gain
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-1a. Gain/Noise Figure Tests (Receive System Gain)
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
31
184
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
L(1) Measurement
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-1b. Gain/Noise Figure Tests (L(1) Measurement)
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
32
185
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
Gain and Noise Figure Measurement at the G/T Reference Plane
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-1c. Gain/Noise Figure Tests (Measurement at the G/T Reference Plane)
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
33
186
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
L(2) Measurement
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-1d. Gain/Noise Figure Tests (L(2) Measurement)
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
34
187
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-1e. Gain/Noise Figure Tests (W19 Measurement)
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
35
188
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-2. System Block Diagram
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
36
189
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-3a. Transmitter Output Power/Antenna EIRP
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
37
190
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-3b. Transmitter Output Power/Antenna EIRP
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
38
191
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-4. Antenna VSWR Test
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
39
192
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-5. GES Receive System Test
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
40
193
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-6. GES Transmit System Test
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
41
194
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-7. STE Transmit Power Test Configuration
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
42
195
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-8. STE Power Monitor Test Configuration
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
43
196
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-9a. STE G/T Test Configuration (Receive System Gain)
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
44
197
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-9b. STE G/T Test Configuration (L(1) Measurement)
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
45
198
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-9c. STE G/T Test Configuration (Measurement at the G/T Reference Plane)
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
46
199
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-9d. STE G/T Test Configuration (L(2) Measurement)
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
47
200
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-10. STE Antenna VSWR Test Configuration
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
48
201
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-11. STE Receive System Test Configuration
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
49
202
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
[GRAPHIC MATERIAL DELETED AND FILED WITH THE COMMISSION] [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT]
Figure 5-12. STE Transmit System Test Configuration
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
50
203
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
----------------------------------
TABLE 5-1. GES PEDESTAL ASSEMBLY TEST DATA
QUALIFICATION TEST DATA
PEDESTAL PART NUMBER:______________ PEDESTAL SERIAL NUMBER:____________
TEST DATA
AZIMUTH ELEVATION
5.1.5. AZIMUTH VELOCITY _______
5.1.6. ELEVATION VELOCITY _______
5.1.7. ANGULAR TRAVEL ___/___ ___/___
Pass/Fail Pass/Fail
5.1.8. ELECTRICAL LIMIT SWITCHES (PRIMARY) ___/___
ELECTRICAL LIMIT SWITCHES (SECONDARY) ___/___
5.1.9. MECHANICAL LIMIT SWITCHES ___/___
5.1.10.SYNCHRO SIGNALS ___/___ ___/___
Pass/Fail Pass/Fail
5.1.11.HAND CRANKS ___/___
Pass/Fail
5.1.12.STOW POSITIONS _______ _______
5.1.13. FILTER MOUNTING PLATE ___/___
Pass/Fail
5.1.14. PERSONNEL ACCESS PLATFORMS ___/___
Pass/Fail
5.1.15. ROTARY JOINT ___/___
Pass/Fail
5.1.16. SPRING ASSEMBLY ___/___
Pass/Fail
REMARKS:___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
TESTED BY:_________________________ DATE_____/_____/_____
WITNESSED BY:______________________ DATE_____/_____/_____
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
51
204
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
----------------------------------
TABLE 5-1. GES PEDESTAL ASSEMBLY TEST DATA (CONTINUED)
QUALIFICATION TEST DATA
PEDESTAL PART NUMBER:______________ PEDESTAL SERIAL NUMBER:____________
TEST DATA
AZIMUTH ELEVATION
5.1.18. Electrical
a. ___/___ ___/___
Pass/Fail Pass/Fail
b. ___/___ ___/___
Pass/Fail Pass/Fail
c. ___/___ ___/___
Pass/Fail Pass/Fail
d. ___/___ ___/___
Pass/Fail Pass/Fail
e. ___/___ ___/___
Pass/Fail Pass/Fail
f. ___/___
Pass/Fail
g. ___/___ ___/___
Pass/Fail Pass/Fail
h. ___/___
Pass/Fail
i. ___/___
Pass/Fail
5.1.19. ECU Computer Override ___/___
Pass/Fail
5.1.22. Environment Monitoring Test
a. ___/___
Pass/Fail
b. ___/___
Pass/Fail
c. ___/___
Pass/Fail
d. ___/___
Pass/Fail
REMARKS:___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
TESTED BY:_________________________ DATE_____/_____/_____
WITNESSED BY:______________________ DATE_____/_____/_____
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
52
205
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
----------------------------------
TABLE 5-1. GES PEDESTAL ASSEMBLY TEST DATA (CONTINUED)
QUALIFICATION TEST DATA
PEDESTAL PART NUMBER:______________ PEDESTAL SERIAL NUMBER:____________
TEST DATA
e. Pass/Fail
---------
IPS 1 (ECU 1 Outdoor)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
IPS 2 (ECU 2 Outdoor)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
IPS 8 (ECU Indoor)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
IPS 13 (Lights)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
IPS 14 (ECU 2 Indoor)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
IPS 17 (Emergency Light)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
IPS 18 (ECU Control)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
IPS 21 (Smoke/Fire Alarm)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
REMARKS:___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
TESTED BY:_________________________ DATE_____/_____/_____
WITNESSED BY:______________________ DATE_____/_____/_____
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION PROPRIETARY DATA USE,
DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
53
206
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
----------------------------------
TABLE 5-1. GES PEDESTAL ASSEMBLY TEST DATA (CONTINUED)
QUALIFICATION TEST DATA
PEDESTAL PART NUMBER:______________ PEDESTAL SERIAL NUMBER:____________
TEST DATA
e. Pass/Fail
---------
IPS 1 (ECU 1 Outdoor)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
IPS 2 (ECU 2 Outdoor)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
IPS 8 (ECU Indoor)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
IPS 13 (Lights)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
IPS 14 (ECU 2 Indoor)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
IPS 17 (Emergency Light)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
IPS 18 (ECU Control)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
IPS 21 (Smoke/Fire Alarm)
/ / / / / / / / /
---------
REMARKS:___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
TESTED BY:_________________________ DATE_____/_____/_____
WITNESSED BY:______________________ DATE_____/_____/_____
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION PROPRIETARY DATA
USE. DUPUCATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
54
207
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
----------------------------------
TABLE 5-1. GES PEDESTAL ASSEMBLY TEST DATA (CONTINUED)
QUALIFICATION TEST DATA
PEDESTAL PART NUMBER:______________ PEDESTAL SERIAL NUMBER:____________
TEST DATA
AZIMUTH ELEVATION
5.2.26. Stow Pin Monitoring
a. ___/___ ___/___
Pass/Fail Pass/Fail
b. ___/___ ___/___
Pass/Fail Pass/Fail
5.1.30. Down Elevation Limits (Rate)
b. ___/___
Pass/Fail
5.1.33. Up Elevation Limits (Rate)
b. ___/___
Pass/Fail
c. ___/___
Pass/Fail
5.1.37. Personnel Safety Test
b. ___/___ ___/___
Pass/Fail Pass/Fail
d. ___/___ ___/___
Pass/Fail Pass/Fail
f. ___/___ ___/___
Pass/Fail Pass/Fall
h. ___/___ ___/___
Pass/Fail Pass/Fail
REMARKS:___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
TESTED BY:_________________________ DATE_____/_____/_____
WITNESSED BY:______________________ DATE_____/_____/_____
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION PROPRIETARY DATA
USE. DUPUCATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
55
208
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
----------------------------------
TABLE 5-2. GES RF/ANTENNA SYSTEM TEST DATA
TEST 5.2.1 RECEIVER G/T VERIFICATION
STEP [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz
f. L(1) =_______________dB
h. GAIN (LNA) =_______________dB
j. [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] =_______________dB
+_____dB
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] =_____
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] VSWR
1. NOISE FIGURE =_______________dB
(AT LNA INPUT)
m.continued
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
ATTACH PRINTOUT OF MEASURED GAIN (STEP C)
n. G/T = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
= ______ - ______ - _____
= ______ [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
______/______
OPR DATE
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION; PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
56
209
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
----------------------------------
TEST 5.2.1 RECEIVER G/T VERIFICATION
STEP [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz
f. L(1) =_______________dB
h. GAIN (LNA) =_______________dB
j. [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] =_______________dB
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] +_____dB
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
=_____
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] VSWR
1. NOISE FIGURE =_______________dB
(AT LNA INPUT)
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
m.
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
ATTACH PRINTOUT OF MEASURED GAIN (STEP C)
n. G/T = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
= ______ - ______ - _____
= ______ [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
______/______
OPR DATE
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION; PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
57
210
TABLE 5-2. GES RF/ANTENNA SYSTEM TEST DATA (CONTINUED)
TEST 5.2.3 HPA GAIN MEASUREMENT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RF-INPUT BIRDWATT METER CALCULATED GAIN
POINT E
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FREQUENCY [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB dB dB
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHZ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB dB dB
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TEST 5.2.5 TRANSMITTER OUTPUT POWER/ANTENNA EIRP
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FREQUENCY BIRDWATT METER BIRDWATT METER TRANSMITTER LOSS HPA FORWARD
POINT E POINT O POWER MONITOR (W)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FREQUENCY ANTENNA GAIN (dB) (VENDOR AT DATA) CALCULATED ANTENNA INPUT SPECIFICATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW, MAX
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dBW, MAX
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TEST 5.2.6 HPA POWER MONITOR CALIBRATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TEMP BIRDWATT METER HPA FORWARD POWER MONITOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees Celsius
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees Celsius
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] degrees Celsius
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
58
211
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
TABLE 5-2. GES RF/ANTENNA SYSTEM TEST DATA (CONTINUED)
TEST 5.2.6 ANTENNA VSWR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FREQUENCY(MHz) VSWR MEASUREMENT SPECIFICATION
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TEST 5.2.7 RECEIVE SYSTEM CHECK (RECORD SPECTRUM ANALYZER READING IN dB)
FREOUENCY CARRIER SIGNAL PRESENT
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz __________dB
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz __________dB
5.2.7 HPA MONITOR - POINTS REFERENCE SHEET
MODULE TEST
FREQUENCY:________________
POWER OUTPUT:________________
ITEM READING ITEM READING ITEM READING ITEM READING
(TP) (AMPS) (TP) (AMPS) (TP) (AMPS) (TP) (AMPS)
1 13 25 37
2 14 26 38
3 15 27 39
4 16 28 40
5 17 29 41
6 18 30 42
7 19 31 43
8 20 32
9 21 33
10 22 34
11 23 35
12 24 36
_______/_______
OPR DATE
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
59
212
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
TABLE 5-2. GES RF/ANTENNA SYSTEM TEST DATA (CONTINUED)
TEST 5.2.8 TRANSMIT SYSTEM CHECK(RECORD SPECTRUM ANALYZER READING IN dB)
FREQUENCY CARRIER SIGNAL PRESENT
--------- ----------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz dB
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz dB
TEST 5.2.11 STE TRANSMIT OUTPUT POWER (LEFT SIDE)
FREQUENCY PWR OUT SPEC PASS/FAIL
--------- ------- ---- ---------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
TEST 5.2.11 STE TRANSMIT OUTPUT POWER (RIGHT SIDE)
FREQUENCY PWR OUT SPEC PASS/FAIL
--------- ------- ---- ---------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
--------/-------
OPR DATE
TEST 5.2.12 STE POWER MONITOR TESTS (LEFT SIDE)
FREQUENCY PWR OUT DVM VOLTAGE REF VOLTAGE
--------- ------- ----------- -----------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] WATT
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] WATT
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
(OUTPUT OPEN)
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] WATT
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
(OUTPUT OPEN)
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
60
213
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
TEST 5.2.12 STE POWER MONITOR TESTS (RIGHT SIDE)
FREQUENCY PWR OUT DVM VOLTAGE REF VOLTAGE
--------- ------- ----------- -----------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] WATT
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
(OUTPUT OPEN)
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] WATT
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] XXXXX
(OUTPUT OPEN)
TEST 5.2.13 STE G/T SYSTEM TEST (LEFT SIDE)
STEP [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz
---- --- ---
f. L(1) =_________dB =_________dB
h. GAIN (LNA) =_________dB =_________dB
j. L(2) =_________dB =_________dB
l. NOISE FIGURE =_________dB =_________dB
(AT LNA INPUT)
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
m. [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
NCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
61
214
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
T(SYSTEM) = ______+______+______+______+________
= ______K
ATTACH PRINTOUT OF MEASURED GAIN (STEP C)
n. G/T = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
= [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB - ______ - _______
= _________ [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
OPR _____ DATE ______
TEST 5.2.13 STE G/T SYSTEM TEST (RIGHT SIDE)
STEP [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz
---- --- ---
f. L(1) =_________dB =_________dB
h. GAIN (LNA) =_________dB =_________dB
j. L(2) =_________dB =_________dB
l. NOISE FIGURE =_________dB =_________dB
(AT LNA INPUT)
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
m. [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
ATTACH PRINTOUT OF MEASURED GAIN (STEP C)
n. G/T = [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
= [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB - ______ - _______
= _________ [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
OPR _____ DATE ______
TEST 5.2.14 STE ANTENNA VSWR TEST
ANTENNA
(CALLOUT) ____________ _____________ ____________ _____________
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
62
215
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
RECEIVE ANTENNA
MEASURED MEASURED MEASURED MEASURED
FREQUENCY VSWR VSWR VSWR VSWR VSWR SPEC.
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ----------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz ________ _________ ________ _________ less than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz ________ _________ ________ _________ less than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz ________ _________ ________ _________ less than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
ANTENNA
(CALLOUT) ________ _________ ________ _________
TRANSMIT ANTENNA
MEASURED MEASURED MEASURED MEASURED
FREQUENCY VSWR VSWR VSWR VSWR VSWR SPEC.
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ----------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz ________ _________ ________ _________ less than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz ________ _________ ________ _________ less than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz ________ _________ ________ _________ less than [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
OPR _____ DATE ______
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE. DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
63
216
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
TABLE 5-2. GES RF/ANTENNA SYSTEM TEST DATA (CONTINUED)
TEST 5.2.15 STE RECEIVE SYSTEM CHECK (RECORD SPECTRUM ANALYZER READING IN dB)
FREQUENCY CARRIER SIGNAL PRESENT
--------- ----------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz ________dB
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz ________dB
TEST 5.2.16 STE TRANSMIT SYSTEM CHECK (RECORD SPECTRUM ANALYZER READING IN dB)
FREQUENCY CARRIER SIGNAL PRESENT
--------- ----------------------
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz ________dB
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] MHz ________dB
---------/----------
OPR DATE
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
64
217
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION
TEMPE, ARIZONA
APPENDIX A
HANDWRITE LOG
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
A-1
218
TABLE A-1. HANDWRITE LOG
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TM REV REVISION
-------------- HANDWRITE NUMBER REQUIRED? YES NO
DATE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. DESCRIPTION: PAGE ___ PARAGRAPH ___ STEP ___ OSC ENGR
DATE:
------------
OSC QA
DATE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. RATIONALE: CUSTOMER REP
DATE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TM REV REVISION
-------------- HANDWRITE NUMBER REQUIRED? YES NO
DATE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. DESCRIPTION: PAGE ___ PARAGRAPH ___ STEP ___ OSC ENGR
DATE:
------------
OSC QA
DATE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. RATIONALE: CUSTOMER REP
DATE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADMIN FORM 216
REV - 3DEC92
ORBITAL SCIENCES CORPORATION: PROPRIETARY DATA
USE, DUPLICATION AND DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS RESTRICTED ON TITLE PAGE.
A-2
219
SCHEDULE 9.4(b)- PATENT INDEMNIFICATION
LIST OF COUNTRIES OR REGION
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]
220
SCHEDULE 14 - PERFORMANCE WORKING SATELLITES
FOR ON-ORBIT INCENTIVE PAYMENTS
(a) The parties will negotiate achievement criteria prior to launch,
including the following criteria for a Working Satellite:
1. The subscriber receiver has at least [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] subscriber demodulators operating in all receiver
modes;
2. The subscriber downlinks are operating at no less than
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] dB below the specified RF power
level;
3. The gateway links are operational;
4. The Attitude Control System is operating to specification
for earth and sun pointing;
5. At least [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] of the specified amount
of on-board memory is available for datagrams;
6. The orbit propagator is operating to specification; and
7. The power output from the solar cells is at least
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] of beginning of life specifications.
8. The system shall pass at least [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] of
the specified message traffic rate; and
9. The power system shall support at least [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT] of the specified transmitter duty cycle.
(b) In the event there are less than three (3)Satellites in any plane
that have GPS capability in accordance with applicable specifications, the
related On-orbit Performance Incentive Payments shall be reduced by
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] percent ([CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]%), provided that any
reduction for the fifth year shall be [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT] percent
([CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT]).
(c) In the event that Working Satellite Criteria are not fully met, but
the plane of Satellites is usable to ORBCOMM Global, Orbital shall be entitled
to payment for partial success in an amount to be determined by negotiation of
the parties based on the revenue generating capability of the plane of
Satellites.
221
(d) The parties shall review the success criteria during the pre-launch
phase of the program and shall conduct good faith negotiations for any
appropriate modifications to the criteria.